projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* dwarf2dbg.c (struct line_entry): Replace frag and frag_ofs
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
500 #endif
501 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
502 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
509 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
510 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
511 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
512 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
513 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
514 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
515 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
521 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
522 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
523 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
528 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
537 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
543 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
544 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
545 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
546 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
547 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
548 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
549 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
550 static int exact_log2 PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
553 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
554 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
555 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
556 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
557 int, int, int,
558 asection *, int));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int, int,
563 int, asection *));
564 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
565 char *, int, int, int,
566 int, int, int, int,
567 int, int, int, int,
568 asection *));
569 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
570 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
572 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
573 subsegT));
574 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
575 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
576 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
577 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
578 #endif
579 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
580 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
581 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
582 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
583 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
584 int, unsigned int, int));
585 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
586 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
587 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
588 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
589 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
590 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
591 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
592 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
593
594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
595 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
596 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
597 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
598 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
599 #endif
600
601 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
602
603 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
604 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
606 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
607
608 /* The current space and subspace. */
609 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
610 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
611 #endif
612
613 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
614 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
615
616 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
617 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
618 function labels. */
619 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
620
621 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
622 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
623
624 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
625 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
626
627 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
628 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
629 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
630 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
631
632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
633 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
634 dependent tables? */
635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
636 {
637 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
638 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
640 {"align", pa_align, 8},
641 #endif
642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
643 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
644 #endif
645 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
646 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
647 {"block", pa_block, 1},
648 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
649 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
650 {"call", pa_call, 0},
651 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
653 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
654 #else
655 {"code", pa_text, 0},
656 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
657 #endif
658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
659 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
660 #endif
661 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
663 {"data", pa_data, 0},
664 #endif
665 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
666 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
667 {"end", pa_end, 0},
668 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
670 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
673 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
674 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
675 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
676 {"export", pa_export, 0},
677 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
678 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
679 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
680 {"import", pa_import, 0},
681 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
682 {"label", pa_label, 0},
683 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
684 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
685 {"level", pa_level, 0},
686 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
687 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
689 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
690 #endif
691 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
692 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
693 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
694 {"param", pa_param, 0},
695 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
696 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
697 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
698 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
699 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
700 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
702 {"space", pa_space, 0},
703 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
704 #endif
705 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
706 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
708 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
709 #endif
710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
711 {"text", pa_text, 0},
712 #endif
713 {"version", pa_version, 0},
714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
715 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
716 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
717 #endif
718 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
719 {NULL, 0, 0}
720 };
721
722 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
723 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
724 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
725
726 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
727 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
728 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
729
730 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
731 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
732
733 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
734 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
735 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
736
737 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
738 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
739
740 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
741 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
742
743 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
744 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
745
746 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
747 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
748 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
749 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
750
751 static struct pa_it the_insn;
752
753 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
754 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
755 variable. */
756 static char *expr_end;
757
758 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
759 static int callinfo_found;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
762 static int within_entry_exit;
763
764 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
765 static int within_procedure;
766
767 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
768 seen in each subspace. */
769 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
770
771 /* Holds the last field selector. */
772 static int hppa_field_selector;
773
774 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
775
776 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
777 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
778 static int strict = 0;
779
780 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
781 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
782 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
783 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
784 register has a `r' suffix. */
785 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
786 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
787 static int pa_number;
788
789 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
790 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
791 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
792 #endif
793
794 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
795 static int print_errors = 1;
796
797 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
798
799 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
800 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
801
802 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
803 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
804
805 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
806 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
807 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
808 again have the value <REGNUM>.
809
810 Many registers also have synonyms:
811
812 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
813 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
814 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
815 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
816 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
817 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
818
819 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
820 here for brevity.
821
822 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
823
824 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
825 {
826 {"%arg0", 26},
827 {"%arg1", 25},
828 {"%arg2", 24},
829 {"%arg3", 23},
830 {"%cr0", 0},
831 {"%cr10", 10},
832 {"%cr11", 11},
833 {"%cr12", 12},
834 {"%cr13", 13},
835 {"%cr14", 14},
836 {"%cr15", 15},
837 {"%cr16", 16},
838 {"%cr17", 17},
839 {"%cr18", 18},
840 {"%cr19", 19},
841 {"%cr20", 20},
842 {"%cr21", 21},
843 {"%cr22", 22},
844 {"%cr23", 23},
845 {"%cr24", 24},
846 {"%cr25", 25},
847 {"%cr26", 26},
848 {"%cr27", 27},
849 {"%cr28", 28},
850 {"%cr29", 29},
851 {"%cr30", 30},
852 {"%cr31", 31},
853 {"%cr8", 8},
854 {"%cr9", 9},
855 {"%dp", 27},
856 {"%eiem", 15},
857 {"%eirr", 23},
858 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
865 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
893 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
896 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
898 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
921 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
926 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
927 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
929 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
930 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
931 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
940 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
943 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
944 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
946 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
947 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
949 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
950 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
951 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
952 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
953 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
954 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
955 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
956 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
957 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
958 {"%fret", 4},
959 {"%hta", 25},
960 {"%iir", 19},
961 {"%ior", 21},
962 {"%ipsw", 22},
963 {"%isr", 20},
964 {"%itmr", 16},
965 {"%iva", 14},
966 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
967 {"%mrp", 2},
968 #else
969 {"%mrp", 31},
970 #endif
971 {"%pcoq", 18},
972 {"%pcsq", 17},
973 {"%pidr1", 8},
974 {"%pidr2", 9},
975 {"%pidr3", 12},
976 {"%pidr4", 13},
977 {"%ppda", 24},
978 {"%r0", 0},
979 {"%r1", 1},
980 {"%r10", 10},
981 {"%r11", 11},
982 {"%r12", 12},
983 {"%r13", 13},
984 {"%r14", 14},
985 {"%r15", 15},
986 {"%r16", 16},
987 {"%r17", 17},
988 {"%r18", 18},
989 {"%r19", 19},
990 {"%r2", 2},
991 {"%r20", 20},
992 {"%r21", 21},
993 {"%r22", 22},
994 {"%r23", 23},
995 {"%r24", 24},
996 {"%r25", 25},
997 {"%r26", 26},
998 {"%r27", 27},
999 {"%r28", 28},
1000 {"%r29", 29},
1001 {"%r3", 3},
1002 {"%r30", 30},
1003 {"%r31", 31},
1004 {"%r4", 4},
1005 {"%r5", 5},
1006 {"%r6", 6},
1007 {"%r7", 7},
1008 {"%r8", 8},
1009 {"%r9", 9},
1010 {"%rctr", 0},
1011 {"%ret0", 28},
1012 {"%ret1", 29},
1013 {"%rp", 2},
1014 {"%sar", 11},
1015 {"%sp", 30},
1016 {"%sr0", 0},
1017 {"%sr1", 1},
1018 {"%sr2", 2},
1019 {"%sr3", 3},
1020 {"%sr4", 4},
1021 {"%sr5", 5},
1022 {"%sr6", 6},
1023 {"%sr7", 7},
1024 {"%t1", 22},
1025 {"%t2", 21},
1026 {"%t3", 20},
1027 {"%t4", 19},
1028 {"%tf1", 11},
1029 {"%tf2", 10},
1030 {"%tf3", 9},
1031 {"%tf4", 8},
1032 {"%tr0", 24},
1033 {"%tr1", 25},
1034 {"%tr2", 26},
1035 {"%tr3", 27},
1036 {"%tr4", 28},
1037 {"%tr5", 29},
1038 {"%tr6", 30},
1039 {"%tr7", 31}
1040 };
1041
1042 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1043 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1044 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1045 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1046 {
1047 {"false?", 0},
1048 {"false", 1},
1049 {"true?", 30},
1050 {"true", 31},
1051 {"!<=>", 3},
1052 {"!?>=", 8},
1053 {"!?<=", 16},
1054 {"!<>", 7},
1055 {"!>=", 11},
1056 {"!?>", 12},
1057 {"?<=", 14},
1058 {"!<=", 19},
1059 {"!?<", 20},
1060 {"?>=", 22},
1061 {"!?=", 24},
1062 {"!=t", 27},
1063 {"<=>", 29},
1064 {"=t", 5},
1065 {"?=", 6},
1066 {"?<", 10},
1067 {"<=", 13},
1068 {"!>", 15},
1069 {"?>", 18},
1070 {">=", 21},
1071 {"!<", 23},
1072 {"<>", 25},
1073 {"!=", 26},
1074 {"!?", 28},
1075 {"?", 2},
1076 {"=", 4},
1077 {"<", 9},
1078 {">", 17}
1079 };
1080
1081 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1082 {
1083 {"f", e_fsel},
1084 {"l", e_lsel},
1085 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1086 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1087 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1088 {"ls", e_lssel},
1089 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1090 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1091 {"n", e_nsel},
1092 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1093 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1094 {"p", e_psel},
1095 {"r", e_rsel},
1096 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1097 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1098 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1099 {"rs", e_rssel},
1100 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1101 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1102 {"t", e_tsel},
1103 };
1104
1105 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1106 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1107
1108 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1109 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1110
1111 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1112 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1113 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1114 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1115 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1116 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1117 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1118 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1119 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1120
1121 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1122 {
1123 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1124 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1125 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1126 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1127 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1128 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1129 };
1130
1131 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1132 {
1133 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1134 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1135 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1136 };
1137
1138 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1139
1140 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1141 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1142 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1143 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1144 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1145
1146 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1147 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1148 #endif
1149
1150 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1151 a right or left half of a FP register */
1152 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1153 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1154
1155 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1156 main loop after insertion. */
1157
1158 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1159 { \
1160 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1161 continue; \
1162 }
1163
1164 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1165 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1166
1167 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1168 { \
1169 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1170 { \
1171 if (! IGNORE) \
1172 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1173 (int) (FIELD));\
1174 break; \
1175 } \
1176 }
1177
1178 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1179 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1180
1181 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1182 { \
1183 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1184 { \
1185 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1186 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1187 (int) (FIELD));\
1188 break; \
1189 } \
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1193 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1194
1195 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1196 { \
1197 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1198 { \
1199 if (! IGNORE) \
1200 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1201 (int) (FIELD));\
1202 break; \
1203 } \
1204 }
1205
1206 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1207 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1208 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1209
1210 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1211 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1212 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1213
1214 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1215 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1216 need real complex handling yet. */
1217 #define is_complex(exp) \
1218 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1219
1220 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1221
1222 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1223 proc/procend pairs match. */
1224
1225 void
1226 pa_check_eof ()
1227 {
1228 if (within_entry_exit)
1229 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1230
1231 if (within_procedure)
1232 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1233 }
1234
1235 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1236 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1237
1238 static label_symbol_struct *
1239 pa_get_label ()
1240 {
1241 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1242
1243 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1244 label_chain;
1245 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1246 {
1247 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1248 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1249 return label_chain;
1250 #endif
1251 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1252 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1253 return label_chain;
1254 #endif
1255 }
1256
1257 return NULL;
1258 }
1259
1260 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1261 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1262
1263 void
1264 pa_define_label (symbol)
1265 symbolS *symbol;
1266 {
1267 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1268
1269 if (label_chain)
1270 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1271 else
1272 {
1273 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1274 label_chain
1275 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1276 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1277 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1278 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1279 #endif
1280 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1281 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1282 #endif
1283 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1284
1285 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1286 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1287
1288 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1289 }
1290
1291 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1292 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1293 #endif
1294 }
1295
1296 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1297 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1298
1299 static void
1300 pa_undefine_label ()
1301 {
1302 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1303 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1304
1305 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1306 label_chain;
1307 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1308 {
1309 if (1
1310 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1311 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1312 #endif
1313 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1314 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1315 #endif
1316 )
1317 {
1318 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1319 if (prev_label_chain)
1320 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1321 else
1322 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1323
1324 free (label_chain);
1325 break;
1326 }
1327 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1328 }
1329 }
1330
1331 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1332 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1333 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1334 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1335 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1336 tc_fix_data field. */
1337
1338 static void
1339 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1340 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1341 fragS *frag;
1342 int where;
1343 int size;
1344 symbolS *add_symbol;
1345 offsetT offset;
1346 expressionS *exp;
1347 int pcrel;
1348 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1349 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1350 int r_format;
1351 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1352 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1353 {
1354 fixS *new_fix;
1355
1356 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1357 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1358
1359 if (exp != NULL)
1360 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1361 else
1362 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1363 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1364 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1365 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1366 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1367 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1368 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1369 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1370 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1371 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1372 #endif
1373
1374 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1375 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1376 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1377 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1378 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1379 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1380 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1381 }
1382
1383 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1384 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1385
1386 void
1387 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1388 expressionS *exp;
1389 {
1390 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1391 expression (exp);
1392 }
1393
1394 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1395 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1396
1397 void
1398 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1399 fragS *frag;
1400 int where;
1401 int size;
1402 expressionS *exp;
1403 {
1404 unsigned int rel_type;
1405
1406 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1407 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1408 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1409 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1410 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1411 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1412 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1413 else
1414 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1415
1416 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1417 {
1418 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1419 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1420 }
1421
1422 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1423 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1424 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1425
1426 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1427 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1428 }
1429
1430 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1431 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1432
1433 void
1434 md_begin ()
1435 {
1436 const char *retval = NULL;
1437 int lose = 0;
1438 unsigned int i = 0;
1439
1440 last_call_info = NULL;
1441 call_info_root = NULL;
1442
1443 /* Set the default machine type. */
1444 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1445 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1446
1447 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1448 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1449 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1450 {
1451 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1452 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1453 }
1454
1455 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1456 pa_spaces_begin ();
1457 #endif
1458
1459 op_hash = hash_new ();
1460
1461 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1462 {
1463 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1464 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1465 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1466 {
1467 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1468 lose = 1;
1469 }
1470 do
1471 {
1472 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1473 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1474 {
1475 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1476 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1477 lose = 1;
1478 }
1479 ++i;
1480 }
1481 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1482 }
1483
1484 if (lose)
1485 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1486
1487 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1488 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1489 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1490 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1491 #endif
1492
1493 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1494 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1495 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1496 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1497 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1498 #endif
1499 }
1500
1501 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1502 void
1503 md_assemble (str)
1504 char *str;
1505 {
1506 char *to;
1507
1508 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1509 assert (str);
1510
1511 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1512 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1513 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1514
1515 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1516 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1517 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1518 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1519 {
1520 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1521
1522 if (label_symbol)
1523 {
1524 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1525 {
1526 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1527 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1528 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1529 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1530 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1531 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1532 if (within_entry_exit)
1533 {
1534 char *where;
1535 unsigned int u;
1536
1537 where = frag_more (0);
1538 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1539 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1540 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1541 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1542 }
1543 #endif
1544 }
1545 else
1546 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1547 }
1548 else
1549 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1553 pa_ip (str);
1554
1555 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
1556 to = frag_more (4);
1557
1558 /* Output the opcode. */
1559 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1560
1561 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1562 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1563 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1564 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1565 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1566 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1567
1568 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1569 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1570 #endif
1571 }
1572
1573 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1574 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1575
1576 static void
1577 pa_ip (str)
1578 char *str;
1579 {
1580 char *error_message = "";
1581 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1582 const char *args;
1583 int match = FALSE;
1584 int need_promotion = FALSE;
1585 int comma = 0;
1586 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1587 unsigned long opcode;
1588 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1589 struct pa_opcode *promoted_insn = NULL;
1590
1591 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1592 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1593 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1594 #endif
1595
1596 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1597 case. */
1598 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1599 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1600
1601 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1602 for (s = str;
1603 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1604 ++s)
1605 ;
1606
1607 switch (*s)
1608 {
1609
1610 case '\0':
1611 break;
1612
1613 case ',':
1614 comma = 1;
1615
1616 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1617
1618 case ' ':
1619 *s++ = '\0';
1620 break;
1621
1622 default:
1623 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1624 }
1625
1626 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1627 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1628 {
1629 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1630 return;
1631 }
1632
1633 if (comma)
1634 {
1635 *--s = ',';
1636 }
1637
1638 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1639 start processing them. */
1640 argstart = s;
1641 for (;;)
1642 {
1643 /* Do some initialization. */
1644 opcode = insn->match;
1645 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1646 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1647
1648 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1649
1650 if (insn->arch >= 20
1651 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1652 goto failed;
1653
1654 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1655 sure that the operands match. */
1656 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1657 {
1658 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1659 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1660 s++;
1661
1662 switch (*args)
1663 {
1664
1665 /* End of arguments. */
1666 case '\0':
1667 if (*s == '\0')
1668 match = TRUE;
1669 break;
1670
1671 case '+':
1672 if (*s == '+')
1673 {
1674 ++s;
1675 continue;
1676 }
1677 if (*s == '-')
1678 continue;
1679 break;
1680
1681 /* These must match exactly. */
1682 case '(':
1683 case ')':
1684 case ',':
1685 case ' ':
1686 if (*s++ == *args)
1687 continue;
1688 break;
1689
1690 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1691 case 'b':
1692 case '^':
1693 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1694 break;
1695 num = pa_number;
1696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1698
1699 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1700 is there. */
1701 case '!':
1702 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1703 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1704 s = s + 1;
1705
1706 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1707 {
1708 s += 4;
1709 continue;
1710 }
1711 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1712 {
1713 s += 5;
1714 continue;
1715 }
1716 break;
1717
1718 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1719 case 'x':
1720 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1721 break;
1722 num = pa_number;
1723 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1725
1726 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1727 case 't':
1728 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1729 break;
1730 num = pa_number;
1731 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1732 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1733
1734 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1735 case 'a':
1736 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1737 break;
1738 num = pa_number;
1739 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1740 opcode |= num << 16;
1741 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1742
1743 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1744 case 'T':
1745 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1746 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1747 break;
1748 s = expr_end;
1749 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1750 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1751
1752 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1753 case '5':
1754 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1755 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1756 break;
1757 s = expr_end;
1758 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1759 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1760 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1761 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1763
1764 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1765 case 'V':
1766 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1767 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1768 break;
1769 s = expr_end;
1770 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1771 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1772 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1773 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1774 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1775
1776 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1777 case 'r':
1778 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1779 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1780 break;
1781 s = expr_end;
1782 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1783 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1784
1785 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1786 case 'R':
1787 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1788 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1789 break;
1790 s = expr_end;
1791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1792 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1793
1794 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1795 case 'U':
1796 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1797 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1798 break;
1799 s = expr_end;
1800 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1801 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1802
1803 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1804 case 's':
1805 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1806 break;
1807 num = pa_number;
1808 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1809 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1810
1811 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1812 case 'S':
1813 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1814 break;
1815 num = pa_number;
1816 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1817 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1818 continue;
1819
1820 /* Handle all completers. */
1821 case 'c':
1822 switch (*++args)
1823 {
1824
1825 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1826 case 'X':
1827 case 'x':
1828 {
1829 int uu = 0;
1830 int m = 0;
1831 int i = 0;
1832 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1833 {
1834 s++;
1835 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1836 {
1837 uu = 1;
1838 m = 1;
1839 s++;
1840 i++;
1841 }
1842 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1843 m = 1;
1844 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1845 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1846 uu = 1;
1847 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1848 else if (strict)
1849 {
1850 s--;
1851 break;
1852 }
1853 else
1854 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1855 s++;
1856 i++;
1857 }
1858 if (i > 2)
1859 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1860 opcode |= m << 5;
1861 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1862 }
1863
1864 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1865 case 'M':
1866 case 'm':
1867 case 'q':
1868 case 'J':
1869 case 'e':
1870 {
1871 int a = 0;
1872 int m = 0;
1873 if (*s == ',')
1874 {
1875 int found = 0;
1876 s++;
1877 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1878 {
1879 a = 0;
1880 m = 1;
1881 found = 1;
1882 }
1883 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1884 {
1885 a = 1;
1886 m = 1;
1887 found = 1;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1891 if (!found && strict)
1892 s--;
1893 else
1894 {
1895 if (!found)
1896 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1897 s += 2;
1898 }
1899 }
1900 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1901 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1902 else if (*args == 'e')
1903 break;
1904
1905 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1906 encode the before/after field. */
1907 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1908 {
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912 else if (*args == 'q')
1913 {
1914 opcode |= m << 3;
1915 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1916 }
1917 else if (*args == 'J')
1918 {
1919 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1921 }
1922 else if (*args == 'e')
1923 {
1924 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1925 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1926 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1927 opcode |= a;
1928 continue;
1929 }
1930 }
1931
1932 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1933 case 'A':
1934 case 's':
1935 {
1936 int a = 0;
1937 int m = 0;
1938 int i = 0;
1939 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1940 {
1941 s++;
1942 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1943 m = 1;
1944 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1945 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1946 a = 0;
1947 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1948 a = 1;
1949 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1950 else if (strict)
1951 {
1952 s--;
1953 break;
1954 }
1955 else
1956 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1957 s++;
1958 i++;
1959 }
1960 if (i > 2)
1961 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1962 opcode |= m << 5;
1963 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1967 case 'c':
1968 cmpltr = 0;
1969 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1970 {
1971 s += 3;
1972 cmpltr = 2;
1973 }
1974 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975
1976 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1977 case 'C':
1978 cmpltr = 0;
1979 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1980 {
1981 s += 3;
1982 cmpltr = 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1985 {
1986 s += 3;
1987 cmpltr = 1;
1988 }
1989 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1990
1991 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1992 case 'd':
1993 cmpltr = 0;
1994 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1995 {
1996 s += 3;
1997 cmpltr = 1;
1998 }
1999 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
2000
2001 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
2002 case 'o':
2003 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
2004 break;
2005 s += 2;
2006 continue;
2007
2008 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
2009 case 'g':
2010 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
2011 break;
2012 s += 5;
2013 continue;
2014
2015 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2016 case 'p':
2017 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2018 break;
2019 s += 7;
2020 continue;
2021
2022 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2023 case 'l':
2024 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2025 break;
2026 s += 2;
2027 continue;
2028
2029 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2030 case 'P':
2031 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2032 break;
2033 s += 4;
2034 continue;
2035
2036 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2037 case 'L':
2038 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2039 break;
2040 s += 2;
2041 continue;
2042
2043 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2044 case 'w':
2045 flag = 0;
2046 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2047 {
2048 flag = 1;
2049 s += 2;
2050 }
2051 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2052 {
2053 flag = 0;
2054 s += 2;
2055 }
2056
2057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2058
2059 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2060 case 'W':
2061 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2062 break;
2063 s += 2;
2064 continue;
2065
2066 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2067 case 'r':
2068 flag = 0;
2069 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2070 {
2071 flag = 5;
2072 s += 2;
2073 }
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2078 case 'Z':
2079 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2080 {
2081 flag = 1;
2082 s += 2;
2083 }
2084 else
2085 flag = 0;
2086
2087 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2088
2089 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2090 case 'i':
2091 flag = 0;
2092 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2093 {
2094 flag = 1;
2095 s += 2;
2096 }
2097
2098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2099
2100 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2101 case 'z':
2102 flag = 1;
2103 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2104 {
2105 flag = 0;
2106 s += 2;
2107 }
2108
2109 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2110
2111 /* Handle add completer. */
2112 case 'a':
2113 flag = 1;
2114 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2115 {
2116 flag = 2;
2117 s += 2;
2118 }
2119 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2120 {
2121 flag = 3;
2122 s += 4;
2123 }
2124
2125 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2126
2127 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2128 case 'Y':
2129 flag = 0;
2130 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2131 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2132 {
2133 flag = 1;
2134 s += 7;
2135 }
2136 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2137 {
2138 flag = 0;
2139 s += 3;
2140 }
2141 else
2142 break;
2143
2144 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2145
2146 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2147 case 'y':
2148 flag = 0;
2149 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2150 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2151 {
2152 flag = 1;
2153 s += 6;
2154 }
2155 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2156 {
2157 flag = 0;
2158 s += 2;
2159 }
2160 else
2161 break;
2162
2163 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2164
2165 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2166 case 'v':
2167 flag = 0;
2168 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 4;
2172 }
2173
2174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2175
2176 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2177 case 't':
2178 flag = 0;
2179 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2180 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2181 {
2182 flag = 1;
2183 s += 7;
2184 }
2185 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2186 {
2187 flag = 0;
2188 s += 3;
2189 }
2190 else
2191 break;
2192
2193 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2194
2195 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2196 case 'B':
2197 flag = 0;
2198 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2199 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2200 {
2201 flag = 1;
2202 s += 7;
2203 }
2204 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2205 {
2206 flag = 0;
2207 s += 3;
2208 }
2209 else
2210 break;
2211
2212 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2213
2214 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2215 case 'b':
2216 flag = 0;
2217 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2218 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2219 {
2220 flag = 1;
2221 s += 6;
2222 }
2223 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2224 {
2225 flag = 0;
2226 s += 2;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 break;
2230
2231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2232
2233 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2234 case 'T':
2235 flag = 0;
2236 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2237 {
2238 flag = 1;
2239 s += 3;
2240 }
2241
2242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2243
2244 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2245 case 'S':
2246 {
2247 int sign = 1;
2248 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2249 {
2250 sign = 1;
2251 s += 2;
2252 }
2253 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2254 {
2255 sign = 0;
2256 s += 2;
2257 }
2258
2259 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2263 case 'h':
2264 if (*s++ == ',')
2265 {
2266 int lr = 0;
2267 if (*s == 'r')
2268 lr = 2;
2269 else if (*s == 'l')
2270 lr = 0;
2271 else
2272 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2273
2274 s++;
2275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2276 }
2277 else
2278 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2279 break;
2280
2281 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2282 case 'H':
2283 {
2284 int sat = 3;
2285 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2286 {
2287 sat = 1;
2288 s += 3;
2289 }
2290 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2291 {
2292 sat = 0;
2293 s += 3;
2294 }
2295
2296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2297 }
2298
2299 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2300 case '*':
2301 if (*s++ == ',')
2302 {
2303 int permloc[4];
2304 int perm = 0;
2305 int i = 0;
2306 permloc[0] = 13;
2307 permloc[1] = 10;
2308 permloc[2] = 8;
2309 permloc[3] = 6;
2310 for (; i < 4; i++)
2311 {
2312 switch (*s++)
2313 {
2314 case '0':
2315 perm = 0;
2316 break;
2317 case '1':
2318 perm = 1;
2319 break;
2320 case '2':
2321 perm = 2;
2322 break;
2323 case '3':
2324 perm = 3;
2325 break;
2326 default:
2327 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2328 }
2329 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2330 }
2331 continue;
2332 }
2333 else
2334 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2335 break;
2336
2337 default:
2338 abort ();
2339 }
2340 break;
2341
2342 /* Handle all conditions. */
2343 case '?':
2344 {
2345 args++;
2346 switch (*args)
2347 {
2348 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2349 case 'f':
2350 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2352
2353 /* Handle an add condition. */
2354 case 'A':
2355 case 'a':
2356 cmpltr = 0;
2357 flag = 0;
2358 if (*s == ',')
2359 {
2360 s++;
2361
2362 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2363 if (*args == 'A')
2364 {
2365 if (*s == '*')
2366 s++;
2367 else
2368 break;
2369 }
2370 else if (*s == '*')
2371 break;
2372
2373 name = s;
2374 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2375 s += 1;
2376 c = *s;
2377 *s = 0x00;
2378 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 1;
2380 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2381 cmpltr = 2;
2382 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2383 cmpltr = 3;
2384 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2385 cmpltr = 4;
2386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2387 cmpltr = 5;
2388 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2389 cmpltr = 6;
2390 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2391 cmpltr = 7;
2392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2393 {
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 flag = 1;
2396 }
2397 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2398 {
2399 cmpltr = 1;
2400 flag = 1;
2401 }
2402 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2403 {
2404 cmpltr = 2;
2405 flag = 1;
2406 }
2407 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2408 {
2409 cmpltr = 3;
2410 flag = 1;
2411 }
2412 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2413 {
2414 cmpltr = 4;
2415 flag = 1;
2416 }
2417 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2418 {
2419 cmpltr = 5;
2420 flag = 1;
2421 }
2422 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2423 {
2424 cmpltr = 6;
2425 flag = 1;
2426 }
2427 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2428 {
2429 cmpltr = 7;
2430 flag = 1;
2431 }
2432 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2433 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2435 *s = c;
2436 }
2437 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2439
2440 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2441 case 'd':
2442 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2443 if (cmpltr < 0)
2444 {
2445 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2446 cmpltr = 0;
2447 }
2448 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2449
2450 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2451 case 'W':
2452 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2453 if (cmpltr < 0)
2454 {
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2456 cmpltr = 0;
2457 }
2458 else
2459 {
2460 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2461 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2462 }
2463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2464
2465 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2466 condition. */
2467 case '@':
2468 save_s = s;
2469 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2470 if (cmpltr < 0)
2471 {
2472 s = save_s;
2473 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2474 if (cmpltr < 0)
2475 {
2476 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2477 cmpltr = 0;
2478 }
2479 else
2480 {
2481 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2482 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2483 }
2484 }
2485 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2486
2487 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2488 case 'B':
2489 case 'b':
2490 cmpltr = 0;
2491 if (*s == ',')
2492 {
2493 s++;
2494
2495 if (*args == 'B')
2496 {
2497 if (*s == '*')
2498 s++;
2499 else
2500 break;
2501 }
2502 else if (*s == '*')
2503 break;
2504
2505 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2506 {
2507 cmpltr = 0;
2508 s++;
2509 }
2510 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2511 {
2512 cmpltr = 1;
2513 s += 2;
2514 }
2515 else
2516 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2517 }
2518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2519
2520 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2521 case 'S':
2522 case 's':
2523 cmpltr = 0;
2524 flag = 0;
2525 if (*s == ',')
2526 {
2527 s++;
2528
2529 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2530 if (*args == 'S')
2531 {
2532 if (*s == '*')
2533 s++;
2534 else
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 else if (*s == '*')
2538 break;
2539
2540 name = s;
2541 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2542 s += 1;
2543 c = *s;
2544 *s = 0x00;
2545 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 1;
2547 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 2;
2549 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2550 cmpltr = 3;
2551 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2552 cmpltr = 4;
2553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2554 cmpltr = 5;
2555 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2556 cmpltr = 6;
2557 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2558 cmpltr = 7;
2559 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2560 {
2561 cmpltr = 0;
2562 flag = 1;
2563 }
2564 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2565 {
2566 cmpltr = 1;
2567 flag = 1;
2568 }
2569 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2570 {
2571 cmpltr = 2;
2572 flag = 1;
2573 }
2574 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2575 {
2576 cmpltr = 3;
2577 flag = 1;
2578 }
2579 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2580 {
2581 cmpltr = 4;
2582 flag = 1;
2583 }
2584 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2585 {
2586 cmpltr = 5;
2587 flag = 1;
2588 }
2589 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2590 {
2591 cmpltr = 6;
2592 flag = 1;
2593 }
2594 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2595 {
2596 cmpltr = 7;
2597 flag = 1;
2598 }
2599 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2600 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2601 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2602 name);
2603 *s = c;
2604 }
2605 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2607
2608 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2609 case 't':
2610 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2611 if (cmpltr < 0)
2612 {
2613 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2614 cmpltr = 0;
2615 }
2616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2617
2618 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2619 case 'n':
2620 save_s = s;
2621 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2622 if (cmpltr < 0)
2623 {
2624 s = save_s;
2625 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2626 if (cmpltr < 0)
2627 {
2628 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2629 cmpltr = 0;
2630 }
2631 else
2632 {
2633 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2634 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2639
2640 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2641 case 'N':
2642 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2643 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2644 {
2645 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2646 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2647 }
2648 else
2649 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2650 break;
2651
2652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2653
2654 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2655 case 'Q':
2656 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2657 if (cmpltr < 0)
2658 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2659 break;
2660
2661 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2662
2663 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2664 case 'L':
2665 case 'l':
2666 cmpltr = 0;
2667 flag = 0;
2668 if (*s == ',')
2669 {
2670 s++;
2671
2672 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2673 if (*args == 'L')
2674 {
2675 if (*s == '*')
2676 s++;
2677 else
2678 break;
2679 }
2680 else if (*s == '*')
2681 break;
2682
2683 name = s;
2684 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2685 s += 1;
2686 c = *s;
2687 *s = 0x00;
2688
2689 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2690 cmpltr = 1;
2691 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2692 cmpltr = 2;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2694 cmpltr = 3;
2695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2696 cmpltr = 7;
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 0;
2700 flag = 1;
2701 }
2702 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 1;
2705 flag = 1;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 2;
2710 flag = 1;
2711 }
2712 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = 3;
2715 flag = 1;
2716 }
2717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2718 {
2719 cmpltr = 7;
2720 flag = 1;
2721 }
2722 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2723 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2724 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2725 *s = c;
2726 }
2727 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2729
2730 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2731 case 'X':
2732 case 'x':
2733 case 'y':
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (*s == ',')
2736 {
2737 save_s = s++;
2738
2739 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2740 if (*args == 'X')
2741 {
2742 if (*s == '*')
2743 s++;
2744 else
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 else if (*s == '*')
2748 break;
2749
2750 name = s;
2751 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2752 s += 1;
2753 c = *s;
2754 *s = 0x00;
2755 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 1;
2757 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 2;
2759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 cmpltr = 4;
2763 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2766 cmpltr = 6;
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2768 cmpltr = 7;
2769 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2770 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2772 {
2773 *s = c;
2774 s = save_s;
2775 continue;
2776 }
2777 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2778 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2779 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2780 *s = c;
2781 }
2782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2783
2784 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2785 case 'U':
2786 case 'u':
2787 cmpltr = 0;
2788 flag = 0;
2789 if (*s == ',')
2790 {
2791 s++;
2792
2793 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2794 if (*args == 'U')
2795 {
2796 if (*s == '*')
2797 s++;
2798 else
2799 break;
2800 }
2801 else if (*s == '*')
2802 break;
2803
2804 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2805 {
2806 cmpltr = 2;
2807 s += 3;
2808 }
2809 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2810 {
2811 cmpltr = 3;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 4;
2817 s += 3;
2818 }
2819 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 6;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2825 {
2826 cmpltr = 7;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 0;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 2;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 2;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 3;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 4;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 6;
2856 flag = 1;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 7;
2862 flag = 1;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 1;
2868 flag = 0;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 5;
2874 flag = 0;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 1;
2880 flag = 1;
2881 s += 3;
2882 }
2883 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 5;
2886 flag = 1;
2887 s += 3;
2888 }
2889 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2890 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2891 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2892 }
2893 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2894 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2895
2896 default:
2897 abort ();
2898 }
2899 break;
2900 }
2901
2902 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2903 case 'n':
2904 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2906
2907 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2908 case 'N':
2909 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2911
2912 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2913 case 'L':
2914 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2915 s += 4;
2916 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2917 s += 4;
2918 else
2919 break;
2920 continue;
2921
2922 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2923 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2924 case 'h':
2925 get_expression (s);
2926 s = expr_end;
2927 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2928 {
2929 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2930 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2931 num++;
2932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2933 }
2934 else
2935 break;
2936
2937 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2938 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2939 case 'm':
2940 get_expression (s);
2941 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2942 {
2943 s = expr_end;
2944 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2945 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2946 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2947 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2948 }
2949 else
2950 break;
2951
2952 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2953 case '=':
2954 {
2955 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 }
2958
2959 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2960 case 'i':
2961 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2962 get_expression (s);
2963 s = expr_end;
2964 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2965 {
2966 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2967 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2968 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2969 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2970 }
2971 else
2972 {
2973 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2975 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2976 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2977 else
2978 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2979 the_insn.format = 11;
2980 continue;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2984 case 'J':
2985 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2986 get_expression (s);
2987 s = expr_end;
2988 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2989 {
2990 int mb;
2991
2992 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2993 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2994 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2995 good to rethink this. */
2996 mb = opcode & 1;
2997 opcode -= mb;
2998 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2999 if (mb != (num < 0))
3000 break;
3001 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3002 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3003 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3004 }
3005 break;
3006
3007 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3008 case 'K':
3009 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3010 get_expression (s);
3011 s = expr_end;
3012 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3013 {
3014 int mb;
3015
3016 mb = opcode & 1;
3017 opcode -= mb;
3018 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3019 if (mb == (num < 0))
3020 break;
3021 if (num % 4)
3022 break;
3023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3024 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3025 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3026 }
3027 break;
3028
3029 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3030 case '<':
3031 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3032 get_expression (s);
3033 s = expr_end;
3034 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3035 {
3036 int mb;
3037
3038 mb = opcode & 1;
3039 opcode -= mb;
3040 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3041 if (mb != (num < 0))
3042 break;
3043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3044 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3046 }
3047 break;
3048
3049 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3050 case '>':
3051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3052 get_expression (s);
3053 s = expr_end;
3054 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3055 {
3056 int mb;
3057
3058 mb = opcode & 1;
3059 opcode -= mb;
3060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 if (mb == (num < 0))
3062 break;
3063 if (num % 4)
3064 break;
3065 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3066 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3068 }
3069 break;
3070
3071 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3072 case '#':
3073 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
3074 break;
3075 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3076 get_expression (s);
3077 s = expr_end;
3078 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3079 {
3080 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3081 if (num & 0x7)
3082 break;
3083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3084 if (num < 0)
3085 opcode |= 1;
3086 num &= 0x1fff;
3087 num >>= 3;
3088 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3089 }
3090 else
3091 {
3092 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3094 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3096 else
3097 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3098 the_insn.format = 14;
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 break;
3102
3103 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3104 case 'd':
3105 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3106 get_expression (s);
3107 s = expr_end;
3108 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3109 {
3110 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3111 if (num & 0x3)
3112 break;
3113 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3114 if (num < 0)
3115 opcode |= 1;
3116 num &= 0x1fff;
3117 num >>= 2;
3118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3119 }
3120 else
3121 {
3122 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3123 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3124 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3125 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3126 else
3127 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3128 the_insn.format = 14;
3129 continue;
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3133 case 'j':
3134 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3135 get_expression (s);
3136 s = expr_end;
3137 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3138 {
3139 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3140 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3141 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3143 }
3144 else
3145 {
3146 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3147 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3148 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3149 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3150 else
3151 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3152 the_insn.format = 14;
3153 continue;
3154 }
3155
3156 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3157 case 'k':
3158 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3159 get_expression (s);
3160 s = expr_end;
3161 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3162 {
3163 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3164 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3165 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3166 continue;
3167 }
3168 else
3169 {
3170 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3171 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3172 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3173 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3174 else
3175 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3176 the_insn.format = 21;
3177 continue;
3178 }
3179
3180 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3181 case 'l':
3182 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3183 get_expression (s);
3184 s = expr_end;
3185 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3186 {
3187 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3188 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3189 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3190 continue;
3191 }
3192 else
3193 {
3194 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3195 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3196 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3197 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 else
3200 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3201 the_insn.format = 14;
3202 continue;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3206 case 'y':
3207 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3208 get_expression (s);
3209 s = expr_end;
3210 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3211 {
3212 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3214 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3215 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218 else
3219 {
3220 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3221 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3222 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3223 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3224 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3225 else
3226 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3227 the_insn.format = 14;
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3232 case '&':
3233 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3234 get_expression (s);
3235 s = expr_end;
3236 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3237 {
3238 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3240 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3241 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244 else
3245 {
3246 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3247 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3248 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3249 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3250 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3251 else
3252 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3253 the_insn.format = 14;
3254 continue;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3258 case 'w':
3259 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3260 get_expression (s);
3261 s = expr_end;
3262 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3263 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3264 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3265 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3266 {
3267 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3268 if (num % 4)
3269 {
3270 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3271 break;
3272 }
3273 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3274 num -= 8;
3275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3276 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3277 continue;
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3282 the_insn.format = 12;
3283 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3284 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3285 s = expr_end;
3286 continue;
3287 }
3288
3289 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3290 case 'W':
3291 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3292 get_expression (s);
3293 s = expr_end;
3294 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3295 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3296 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3297 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3298 {
3299 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3300 if (num % 4)
3301 {
3302 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3303 break;
3304 }
3305 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3306 num -= 8;
3307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3308 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3309 continue;
3310 }
3311 else
3312 {
3313 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3314 the_insn.format = 17;
3315 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3316 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3317 continue;
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3321 case 'X':
3322 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3323 get_expression (s);
3324 s = expr_end;
3325 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3326 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3327 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3328 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3329 {
3330 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3331 if (num % 4)
3332 {
3333 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3334 break;
3335 }
3336 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3337 num -= 8;
3338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3339 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3344 the_insn.format = 22;
3345 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3346 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3347 continue;
3348 }
3349
3350 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3351 case 'z':
3352 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3353 get_expression (s);
3354 s = expr_end;
3355 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3356 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3357 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3358 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3359 {
3360 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3361 if (num % 4)
3362 {
3363 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3367 num -= 8;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3369 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 {
3374 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3375 the_insn.format = 17;
3376 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3377 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3378 continue;
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3382 case 'Z':
3383 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3384 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3385 {
3386 s += 4;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389 else
3390 break;
3391
3392 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3393 case 'Y':
3394 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3395 break;
3396 s += 9;
3397 continue;
3398
3399 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3400 case '@':
3401 if (*s != '0')
3402 break;
3403 s++;
3404 continue;
3405
3406 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3407 case '.':
3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 break;
3411 s = expr_end;
3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3414
3415 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3416 case '*':
3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 break;
3420 s = expr_end;
3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3425 case 'p':
3426 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3427 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3428 break;
3429 s = expr_end;
3430 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3432
3433 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3434 case '~':
3435 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 break;
3438 s = expr_end;
3439 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3440 num = 63 - num;
3441 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3443
3444 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3445 case '%':
3446 flag = 0;
3447 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 break;
3450 s = expr_end;
3451 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 num--;
3453 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3454 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456
3457 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3458 case '|':
3459 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 break;
3462 s = expr_end;
3463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3464 num--;
3465 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3466 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3467 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3468
3469 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3470 case 'P':
3471 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 break;
3474 s = expr_end;
3475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3477
3478 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3479 case 'q':
3480 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3481 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3482 break;
3483 s = expr_end;
3484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3485 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3487
3488 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3489 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3490 case 'B':
3491 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3492 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3493 break;
3494 s = expr_end;
3495 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3496 if (num & 0x20)
3497 ;
3498 else
3499 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3500 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3501
3502 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3503 case 'Q':
3504 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3505 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3506 break;
3507 s = expr_end;
3508 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3512 case '$':
3513 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3514 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3515 break;
3516 s = expr_end;
3517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3518 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3519
3520 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3521 case 'A':
3522 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 break;
3525 s = expr_end;
3526 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3528
3529 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3530 case 'D':
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3537
3538 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3539 case 'v':
3540 if (*s++ != ',')
3541 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3542 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3543 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3544 break;
3545 s = expr_end;
3546 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3547 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3548
3549 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3550 case 'O':
3551 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3552 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3553 break;
3554 s = expr_end;
3555 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3556 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3558
3559 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3560 case 'o':
3561 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3562 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3563 break;
3564 s = expr_end;
3565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3567
3568 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3569 case '0':
3570 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3571 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3572 break;
3573 s = expr_end;
3574 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3575 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3577
3578 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3579 case '1':
3580 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 break;
3583 s = expr_end;
3584 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3585 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3587
3588 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3589 case 'u':
3590 if (*s++ != ',')
3591 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3592 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3593 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3594 break;
3595 s = expr_end;
3596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3598
3599 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3600 case '2':
3601 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3602 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3603 break;
3604 s = expr_end;
3605 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3606 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3608
3609 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3610 case '{':
3611 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3612 {
3613 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3614 s += 2;
3615 }
3616 else
3617 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3620 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 flag = SGL;
3622 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 flag = DBL;
3624 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 flag = QUAD;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3629 case '_':
3630 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3631 s--;
3632 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3633 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3634 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3635 flag = SGL;
3636 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3637 flag = DBL;
3638 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3639 flag = QUAD;
3640 opcode |= flag << 13;
3641 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3642 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3643 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3644 {
3645 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3647 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3648 flag = 0;
3649 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3652 flag = 2;
3653 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3655 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3656 flag = 6;
3657 else
3658 abort ();
3659 }
3660 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3662 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3663 {
3664 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3666 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3667 flag = 1;
3668 else
3669 abort ();
3670 }
3671 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3672 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3673 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3674 {
3675 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3676 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3677 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3678 flag = 5;
3679 else
3680 abort ();
3681 }
3682 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3684
3685 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3686 case 'F':
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690
3691 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3692 case 'G':
3693 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3694 s--;
3695 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3696 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3698
3699 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3700 case 'I':
3701 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3702 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3704
3705 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3706 Only allows single and double precision. */
3707 case 'H':
3708 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3709 switch (flag)
3710 {
3711 case SGL:
3712 opcode |= 0x20;
3713 case DBL:
3714 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3715 continue;
3716
3717 case QUAD:
3718 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3719 default:
3720 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3721 }
3722 break;
3723
3724 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3725 case 'f':
3726 switch (*++args)
3727 {
3728 /* Float target register. */
3729 case 't':
3730 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3731 break;
3732 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3733 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3735
3736 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3737 case 'T':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= num;
3744
3745 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3746 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3747 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3748 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3749 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3750 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3751
3752 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 /* Float operand 1. */
3757 case 'a':
3758 {
3759 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3760 break;
3761 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3762 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3763 opcode |= num << 21;
3764 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3765 {
3766 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3768 }
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3773 case 'X':
3774 case 'A':
3775 {
3776 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 break;
3778 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 opcode |= num << 21;
3781 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3782 continue;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Float operand 2. */
3786 case 'b':
3787 {
3788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3789 break;
3790 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3792 opcode |= num << 16;
3793 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3794 {
3795 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3797 }
3798 continue;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3802 case 'B':
3803 {
3804 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 break;
3806 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 opcode |= num << 16;
3809 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3810 continue;
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3814 case 'C':
3815 {
3816 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3817 break;
3818 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3819 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3820 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3821 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3822 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'i':
3828 {
3829 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 break;
3831 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 {
3835 if (num < 16)
3836 {
3837 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 break;
3839 }
3840 num &= 0xF;
3841 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 }
3843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3844 }
3845
3846 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 case 'j':
3848 {
3849 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 break;
3851 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 {
3855 if (num < 16)
3856 {
3857 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 num &= 0xF;
3861 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 }
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 case 'k':
3868 {
3869 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 break;
3871 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 {
3875 if (num < 16)
3876 {
3877 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 num &= 0xF;
3881 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 }
3883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 case 'l':
3888 {
3889 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 break;
3891 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 {
3895 if (num < 16)
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 num &= 0xF;
3901 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 }
3903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3907 case 'm':
3908 {
3909 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3910 break;
3911 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3912 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3913 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3914 {
3915 if (num < 16)
3916 {
3917 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3918 break;
3919 }
3920 num &= 0xF;
3921 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3922 }
3923 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3927 case 'E':
3928 case 'e':
3929 {
3930 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3931 break;
3932 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 opcode |= num << 16;
3935 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3936 {
3937 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3938 }
3939 continue;
3940 }
3941
3942 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3943 case 'x':
3944 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3945 break;
3946 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3947 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3948 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3949
3950 default:
3951 abort ();
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 default:
3956 abort ();
3957 }
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
3962 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
3963 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
3964 if (match == TRUE
3965 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3966 {
3967 if (need_promotion)
3968 {
3969 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
3970 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
3971 }
3972 else
3973 {
3974 match = FALSE;
3975 if (!promoted_insn)
3976 promoted_insn = insn;
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 failed:
3981 /* Check if the args matched. */
3982 if (!match)
3983 {
3984 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3985 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3986 {
3987 ++insn;
3988 s = argstart;
3989 continue;
3990 }
3991 else
3992 {
3993 if (promoted_insn)
3994 {
3995 insn = promoted_insn;
3996 need_promotion = TRUE;
3997 s = argstart;
3998 continue;
3999 }
4000 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
4001 return;
4002 }
4003 }
4004 break;
4005 }
4006
4007 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
4008 }
4009
4010 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
4011 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
4012 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
4013
4014 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
4015
4016 char *
4017 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
4018 char type;
4019 char *litP;
4020 int *sizeP;
4021 {
4022 int prec;
4023 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
4024 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
4025 char *t;
4026
4027 switch (type)
4028 {
4029
4030 case 'f':
4031 case 'F':
4032 case 's':
4033 case 'S':
4034 prec = 2;
4035 break;
4036
4037 case 'd':
4038 case 'D':
4039 case 'r':
4040 case 'R':
4041 prec = 4;
4042 break;
4043
4044 case 'x':
4045 case 'X':
4046 prec = 6;
4047 break;
4048
4049 case 'p':
4050 case 'P':
4051 prec = 6;
4052 break;
4053
4054 default:
4055 *sizeP = 0;
4056 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4057 }
4058 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4059 if (t)
4060 input_line_pointer = t;
4061 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4062 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4063 {
4064 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4065 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4066 }
4067 return NULL;
4068 }
4069
4070 /* Write out big-endian. */
4071
4072 void
4073 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4074 char *buf;
4075 valueT val;
4076 int n;
4077 {
4078 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4079 }
4080
4081 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4082 format. */
4083
4084 arelent **
4085 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4086 asection *section;
4087 fixS *fixp;
4088 {
4089 arelent *reloc;
4090 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4091 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4092 arelent **relocs;
4093 reloc_type **codes;
4094 reloc_type code;
4095 int n_relocs;
4096 int i;
4097
4098 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4099 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4100 return &no_relocs;
4101
4102 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4103 assert (section != 0);
4104
4105 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4106
4107 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4108 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4109 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4110 fixp->fx_r_type,
4111 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4112 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4113 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4114 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4115
4116 if (codes == NULL)
4117 {
4118 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4119 abort ();
4120 }
4121
4122 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4123 ;
4124
4125 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4126 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4127 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4128 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4129
4130 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4131
4132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4133 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4134 {
4135 default:
4136 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4137
4138 code = *codes[0];
4139
4140 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4141 switch (code)
4142 {
4143 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4144 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4145 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4146 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4147 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4148 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4149 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4150 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4151 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4152 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4153
4154 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4155 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4156 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4157 reloc->addend = 0;
4158 break;
4159
4160 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4161 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4162 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4163 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4164 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4165 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4166 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4167 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4168 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4169 fixp->fx_offset);
4170 break;
4171 #endif
4172
4173 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4174 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4175 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4176 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4177 /* Fall thru */
4178
4179 default:
4180 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4181 break;
4182 }
4183
4184 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4185 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4186 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4187 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4188 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4189
4190 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4191 break;
4192 }
4193 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4194
4195 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4196 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4197 {
4198 code = *codes[i];
4199
4200 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4201 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4202 relocs[i]->howto =
4203 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4204 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4205 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4206
4207 switch (code)
4208 {
4209 case R_COMP2:
4210 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4211 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4212 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4213 assert (i == 1);
4214 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4215 relocs[0]->howto =
4216 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4217 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4218 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4219 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4220 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4221 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4222 relocs[1]->howto =
4223 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4224 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4225 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4226 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4227 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4228 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4229 relocs[2]->howto =
4230 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4231 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4232 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4233 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4234 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4235 relocs[3]->howto =
4236 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4237 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4238 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4239 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4240 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4241 relocs[4]->howto =
4242 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4243 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4244 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4245 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4246 goto done;
4247 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4248 case R_ABS_CALL:
4249 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4250 break;
4251
4252 case R_DLT_REL:
4253 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4254 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4255 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4256 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4257 (static link required).
4258
4259 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4260
4261 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4262 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4263 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4264 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4265 break;
4266
4267 case R_N_MODE:
4268 case R_S_MODE:
4269 case R_D_MODE:
4270 case R_R_MODE:
4271 case R_FSEL:
4272 case R_LSEL:
4273 case R_RSEL:
4274 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4275 case R_END_BRTAB:
4276 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4277 case R_N0SEL:
4278 case R_N1SEL:
4279 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4280 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4281 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4282 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4283 break;
4284
4285 case R_END_TRY:
4286 case R_ENTRY:
4287 case R_EXIT:
4288 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4289 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4290 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4291 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4292 break;
4293
4294 default:
4295 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4296 }
4297 }
4298
4299 done:
4300 #endif
4301
4302 return relocs;
4303 }
4304
4305 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4306
4307 void
4308 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4309 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4310 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4311 register fragS *fragP;
4312 {
4313 unsigned int address;
4314
4315 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4316 {
4317 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4318 {
4319 case 0:
4320 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4321 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4322 know (fragP->fr_next);
4323 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4324 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4325 {
4326 fragP->fr_offset =
4327 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4328 - fragP->fr_address
4329 - fragP->fr_fix;
4330 }
4331 else
4332 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4333 break;
4334 }
4335 }
4336 }
4337
4338 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4339
4340 valueT
4341 md_section_align (segment, size)
4342 asection *segment;
4343 valueT size;
4344 {
4345 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4346 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4347
4348 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4349 }
4350
4351 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4352 int
4353 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4354 register fragS *fragP;
4355 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4356 {
4357 int size;
4358
4359 size = 0;
4360
4361 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4362 size++;
4363
4364 return size;
4365 }
4366 \f
4367 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4368 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4369 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4370 # else
4371 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4372 # endif
4373 #else
4374 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4375 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4376 # else
4377 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4378 # endif
4379 #endif
4380
4381 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4382 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4383 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4384 #endif
4385 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4386 };
4387 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4388
4389 int
4390 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4391 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4392 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4393 {
4394 switch (c)
4395 {
4396 default:
4397 return 0;
4398
4399 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4400 case 'V':
4401 print_version_id ();
4402 break;
4403 #endif
4404 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4405 case 'c':
4406 warn_comment = 1;
4407 break;
4408 #endif
4409 }
4410
4411 return 1;
4412 }
4413
4414 void
4415 md_show_usage (stream)
4416 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4417 {
4418 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4419 fprintf (stream, _("\
4420 -Q ignored\n"));
4421 #endif
4422 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4423 fprintf (stream, _("\
4424 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4425 #endif
4426 }
4427 \f
4428 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4429
4430 symbolS *
4431 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4432 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4433 {
4434 return 0;
4435 }
4436
4437 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4438 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4439 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4440 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4441 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4442 #else
4443 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4444 #endif
4445
4446 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4447
4448 void
4449 md_apply_fix (fixP, valP, seg)
4450 fixS *fixP;
4451 valueT *valP;
4452 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4453 {
4454 unsigned char *buf;
4455 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4456 offsetT new_val;
4457 int insn, val, fmt;
4458
4459 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4460 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4461 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4462 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4463 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4464 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4465 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4466 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4467 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4468 return;
4469
4470 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4471 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4472 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4473 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4474 {
4475 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4476 return;
4477 }
4478 #endif
4479 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4480 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4481 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4482 return;
4483 #endif
4484
4485 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4486 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4487
4488 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4489 with the GAS fixup. */
4490 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4491 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4492 {
4493 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4494 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4495 fixP->fx_r_type);
4496 return;
4497 }
4498
4499 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4500 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4501 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4502
4503 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4504 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4505 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4506 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4507 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4508 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4509 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4510 && fmt != 32
4511 #endif
4512 )
4513 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4515 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4516 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4517 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4518 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4519 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4520 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4521 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4522 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4523 #endif
4524 else
4525 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4526
4527 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4528 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4529 && fixP->fx_addsy
4530 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4531 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4532 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4533 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4534 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4535 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4536 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4537 #endif
4538 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4539 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4540 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4541 #endif
4542 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4543 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4544 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4545 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4546 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4547 {
4548 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4549 }
4550
4551 switch (fmt)
4552 {
4553 case 10:
4554 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4555 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4556 val = new_val;
4557
4558 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4559 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4560 break;
4561 case -11:
4562 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4563 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4564 val = new_val;
4565
4566 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4567 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4568 break;
4569 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4570 case 14:
4571 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4572 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4573 val = new_val;
4574
4575 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4576 break;
4577
4578 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4579 case 21:
4580 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4581 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4582 val = new_val;
4583
4584 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4585 break;
4586
4587 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4588 case 11:
4589 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4590 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4591 val = new_val;
4592
4593 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4594 break;
4595
4596 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4597 case 12:
4598 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4599 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4600 val = new_val - 8;
4601
4602 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4603 break;
4604
4605 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4606 case 17:
4607 {
4608 offsetT distance = * valP;
4609
4610 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4611 range target, then we want to complain. */
4612 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4613 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4614 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4615 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4616
4617 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4618 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4619 val = new_val - 8;
4620
4621 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4622 break;
4623 }
4624
4625 case 22:
4626 {
4627 offsetT distance = * valP;
4628
4629 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4630 range target, then we want to complain. */
4631 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4632 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4633 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4634 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4635
4636 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4637 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4638 val = new_val - 8;
4639
4640 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4641 break;
4642 }
4643
4644 case -10:
4645 val = new_val;
4646 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4647 break;
4648
4649 case -16:
4650 val = new_val;
4651 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4652 break;
4653
4654 case 16:
4655 val = new_val;
4656 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4657 break;
4658
4659 case 32:
4660 insn = new_val;
4661 break;
4662
4663 default:
4664 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4665 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4666 return;
4667 }
4668
4669 /* Insert the relocation. */
4670 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4671 }
4672
4673 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4674 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4675
4676 long
4677 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4678 fixS *fixP;
4679 {
4680 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4681 }
4682
4683 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4684 a statement. */
4685
4686 static int
4687 is_end_of_statement ()
4688 {
4689 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4690 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4691 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4692 }
4693
4694 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4695 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4696 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4697
4698 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4699 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4700 returned in `pa_number'.
4701
4702 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4703 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4704 not set.
4705
4706 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4707 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4708
4709 static int
4710 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4711 char **s;
4712 int is_float;
4713 {
4714 int num;
4715 char *name;
4716 char c;
4717 symbolS *sym;
4718 int status;
4719 char *p = *s;
4720 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4721
4722 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4723 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4724 p = p + 1;
4725
4726 pa_number = -1;
4727 have_prefix = 0;
4728 num = 0;
4729 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4730 {
4731 /* Looks like a number. */
4732
4733 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4734 {
4735 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4736 p += 2;
4737 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4738 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4739 {
4740 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4741 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4742 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4743 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4744 else
4745 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4746 ++p;
4747 }
4748 }
4749 else
4750 {
4751 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4752 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4753 {
4754 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4755 ++p;
4756 }
4757 }
4758
4759 pa_number = num;
4760
4761 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4762 if (is_float)
4763 {
4764 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4765 if (! (is_float & 2))
4766 {
4767 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4768 {
4769 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4770 ++p;
4771 }
4772 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4773 {
4774 ++p;
4775 }
4776 }
4777 }
4778 }
4779 else if (*p == '%')
4780 {
4781 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4782 have_prefix = 1;
4783 name = p;
4784 p++;
4785 c = *p;
4786 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4787 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4788 slow. */
4789 if (c == 'r')
4790 {
4791 p++;
4792 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4793 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4794 {
4795 p += 2;
4796 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4797 p++;
4798 }
4799 else if (*p == 'p')
4800 {
4801 num = 2;
4802 p++;
4803 }
4804 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4805 {
4806 if (print_errors)
4807 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4808 num = -1;
4809 }
4810 else
4811 {
4812 do
4813 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4814 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4815 }
4816 }
4817 else
4818 {
4819 /* Do a normal register search. */
4820 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4821 {
4822 p = p + 1;
4823 c = *p;
4824 }
4825 *p = 0;
4826 status = reg_name_search (name);
4827 if (status >= 0)
4828 num = status;
4829 else
4830 {
4831 if (print_errors)
4832 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4833 num = -1;
4834 }
4835 *p = c;
4836 }
4837
4838 pa_number = num;
4839 }
4840 else
4841 {
4842 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4843 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4844 name = p;
4845 c = *p;
4846 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4847 {
4848 p = p + 1;
4849 c = *p;
4850 }
4851 *p = 0;
4852 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4853 {
4854 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4855 {
4856 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4857 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4858 register, so... */
4859 have_prefix = TRUE;
4860 }
4861 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4862 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4863 else if (!strict)
4864 {
4865 if (print_errors)
4866 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4867 num = -1;
4868 }
4869 }
4870 else if (!strict)
4871 {
4872 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4873 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4874 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4875 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4876 if (*name == 0)
4877 num = 0;
4878 else
4879 {
4880 if (print_errors)
4881 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4882 num = -1;
4883 }
4884 }
4885 *p = c;
4886
4887 pa_number = num;
4888 }
4889
4890 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4891 {
4892 *s = p;
4893 return 1;
4894 }
4895 return 0;
4896 }
4897
4898 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4899
4900 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4901 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4902
4903 static int
4904 reg_name_search (name)
4905 char *name;
4906 {
4907 int middle, low, high;
4908 int cmp;
4909
4910 low = 0;
4911 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4912
4913 do
4914 {
4915 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4916 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4917 if (cmp < 0)
4918 high = middle - 1;
4919 else if (cmp > 0)
4920 low = middle + 1;
4921 else
4922 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4923 }
4924 while (low <= high);
4925
4926 return -1;
4927 }
4928
4929 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4930 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4931
4932 static int
4933 need_pa11_opcode ()
4934 {
4935 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4936 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4937 {
4938 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4939 then set a new architecture. */
4940 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4941 {
4942 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4943 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4944 }
4945 return TRUE;
4946 }
4947 else
4948 return FALSE;
4949 }
4950
4951 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4952 code associated with the condition. */
4953
4954 static int
4955 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4956 char **s;
4957 {
4958 int cond, i;
4959
4960 cond = 0;
4961
4962 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4963 {
4964 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4965 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4966 {
4967 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4968 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4969 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4970 report an error. */
4971 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4972 {
4973 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4974 break;
4975 }
4976 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4977 *s = *s + 1;
4978 return cond;
4979 }
4980 }
4981
4982 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4983
4984 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4985 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4986 *s += 1;
4987
4988 return 0;
4989 }
4990
4991 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4992
4993 static int
4994 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4995 char **s;
4996 {
4997 int value;
4998
4999 value = 0;
5000 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
5001 {
5002 value = 5;
5003 *s += 4;
5004 }
5005 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
5006 {
5007 value = 9;
5008 *s += 4;
5009 }
5010 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
5011 {
5012 value = 13;
5013 *s += 4;
5014 }
5015 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
5016 {
5017 value = 17;
5018 *s += 4;
5019 }
5020 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
5021 {
5022 value = 1;
5023 *s += 3;
5024 }
5025 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
5026 {
5027 value = 6;
5028 *s += 4;
5029 }
5030 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
5031 {
5032 value = 2;
5033 *s += 3;
5034 }
5035 else
5036 {
5037 value = 0;
5038 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5039 }
5040
5041 return value;
5042 }
5043
5044 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5045 type. */
5046
5047 static fp_operand_format
5048 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5049 char **s;
5050 {
5051 int format;
5052
5053 format = SGL;
5054 if (**s == ',')
5055 {
5056 *s += 1;
5057 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = SGL;
5060 *s += 4;
5061 }
5062 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5063 {
5064 format = DBL;
5065 *s += 4;
5066 }
5067 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5068 {
5069 format = QUAD;
5070 *s += 5;
5071 }
5072 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5073 {
5074 format = W;
5075 *s += 2;
5076 }
5077 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5078 {
5079 format = UW;
5080 *s += 3;
5081 }
5082 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5083 {
5084 format = DW;
5085 *s += 3;
5086 }
5087 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5088 {
5089 format = UDW;
5090 *s += 4;
5091 }
5092 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5093 {
5094 format = QW;
5095 *s += 3;
5096 }
5097 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5098 {
5099 format = UQW;
5100 *s += 4;
5101 }
5102 else
5103 {
5104 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5105 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5106 }
5107 }
5108
5109 return format;
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5113 type. */
5114
5115 static fp_operand_format
5116 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5117 char **s;
5118 {
5119 int format;
5120
5121 format = SGL;
5122 if (**s == ',')
5123 {
5124 *s += 1;
5125 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5126 {
5127 format = SGL;
5128 *s += 4;
5129 }
5130 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5131 {
5132 format = DBL;
5133 *s += 4;
5134 }
5135 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5136 {
5137 format = QUAD;
5138 *s += 5;
5139 }
5140 else
5141 {
5142 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5143 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5144 }
5145 }
5146
5147 return format;
5148 }
5149
5150 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5151
5152 static int
5153 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5154 char **str;
5155 {
5156 int middle, low, high;
5157 int cmp;
5158 char name[4];
5159
5160 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5161 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5162 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5163 *str = *str + 1;
5164
5165 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5166 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5167 name[1] = 0;
5168 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5169 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5170 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5171 name[2] = 0;
5172 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5173 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5174 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5175 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5176 name[3] = 0;
5177 else
5178 return e_fsel;
5179
5180 low = 0;
5181 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5182
5183 do
5184 {
5185 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5186 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5187 if (cmp < 0)
5188 high = middle - 1;
5189 else if (cmp > 0)
5190 low = middle + 1;
5191 else
5192 {
5193 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5194 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5195 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5196 return e_fsel;
5197 #endif
5198 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5199 }
5200 }
5201 while (low <= high);
5202
5203 return e_fsel;
5204 }
5205
5206 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5207
5208 static int
5209 get_expression (str)
5210 char *str;
5211 {
5212 char *save_in;
5213 asection *seg;
5214
5215 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5216 input_line_pointer = str;
5217 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5218 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5219 || seg == undefined_section
5220 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5221 {
5222 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5223 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5224 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5225 return 1;
5226 }
5227 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5228 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5229 return 0;
5230 }
5231
5232 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5233 static int
5234 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5235 struct pa_it *insn;
5236 char **strp;
5237 {
5238 char *save_in;
5239
5240 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5241 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5242 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5243 expression (&insn->exp);
5244 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5245
5246 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
5247 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5248 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5249
5250 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
5251 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5252 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5253 {
5254 char *s, c;
5255 int retval;
5256
5257 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5258 s = *strp;
5259 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5260 s++;
5261
5262 c = *s;
5263 *s = 0;
5264
5265 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5266
5267 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5268 *s = c;
5269 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5270 }
5271 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5272 and return to our caller. */
5273 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5274 {
5275 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5276 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5277 return 0;
5278 }
5279 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5280 {
5281 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5282 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5283 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5284 return 0;
5285 }
5286 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5287 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5288 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5289 }
5290
5291 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5292 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5293 static int
5294 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5295 struct pa_it *insn;
5296 {
5297 offsetT value;
5298 expressionS exp;
5299 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5300
5301 exp = insn->exp;
5302 value = exp.X_add_number;
5303
5304 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5305 }
5306
5307 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5308 argument location number. */
5309
5310 static unsigned int
5311 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5312 char *type_name;
5313 {
5314
5315 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5316 return 0;
5317 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5318 return 1;
5319 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5320 return 2;
5321 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5322 return 3;
5323 else
5324 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5325
5326 return 0;
5327 }
5328
5329 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5330 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5331
5332 static unsigned int
5333 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5334 unsigned int reg;
5335 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5336 {
5337 unsigned int new_reloc;
5338
5339 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5340 switch (reg)
5341 {
5342 case 0:
5343 new_reloc <<= 8;
5344 break;
5345 case 1:
5346 new_reloc <<= 6;
5347 break;
5348 case 2:
5349 new_reloc <<= 4;
5350 break;
5351 case 3:
5352 new_reloc <<= 2;
5353 break;
5354 default:
5355 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5356 }
5357
5358 return new_reloc;
5359 }
5360
5361 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5362 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5363
5364 static int
5365 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5366 char **s;
5367 {
5368 int nullif;
5369
5370 nullif = 0;
5371 if (**s == ',')
5372 {
5373 *s = *s + 1;
5374 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5375 nullif = 1;
5376 else
5377 {
5378 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5379 nullif = 0;
5380 }
5381 *s = *s + 1;
5382 }
5383
5384 return nullif;
5385 }
5386
5387 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5388 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5389
5390 static int
5391 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5392 char **s;
5393 {
5394 int cmpltr;
5395 char *name = *s + 1;
5396 char c;
5397 char *save_s = *s;
5398 int nullify = 0;
5399
5400 cmpltr = 0;
5401 if (**s == ',')
5402 {
5403 *s += 1;
5404 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5405 *s += 1;
5406 c = **s;
5407 **s = 0x00;
5408
5409 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5410 {
5411 cmpltr = 1;
5412 }
5413 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5414 {
5415 cmpltr = 2;
5416 }
5417 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5418 {
5419 cmpltr = 3;
5420 }
5421 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5422 {
5423 cmpltr = 4;
5424 }
5425 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5426 {
5427 cmpltr = 5;
5428 }
5429 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5430 {
5431 cmpltr = 6;
5432 }
5433 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5434 {
5435 cmpltr = 7;
5436 }
5437 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5438 completer. */
5439 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5440 {
5441 cmpltr = 0;
5442 nullify = 1;
5443 }
5444 else
5445 {
5446 cmpltr = -1;
5447 }
5448 **s = c;
5449 }
5450
5451 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5452 if (nullify)
5453 *s = save_s;
5454
5455 return cmpltr;
5456 }
5457
5458 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5459 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5460
5461 static int
5462 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5463 char **s;
5464 {
5465 int cmpltr;
5466 char *name = *s + 1;
5467 char c;
5468 char *save_s = *s;
5469 int nullify = 0;
5470
5471 cmpltr = 0;
5472 if (**s == ',')
5473 {
5474 *s += 1;
5475 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5476 *s += 1;
5477 c = **s;
5478 **s = 0x00;
5479
5480 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5481 {
5482 cmpltr = 0;
5483 }
5484 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = 1;
5487 }
5488 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5489 {
5490 cmpltr = 2;
5491 }
5492 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5493 {
5494 cmpltr = 3;
5495 }
5496 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5497 {
5498 cmpltr = 4;
5499 }
5500 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5501 {
5502 cmpltr = 5;
5503 }
5504 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5505 {
5506 cmpltr = 6;
5507 }
5508 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5509 {
5510 cmpltr = 7;
5511 }
5512 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5513 completer. */
5514 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5515 {
5516 cmpltr = 0;
5517 nullify = 1;
5518 }
5519 else
5520 {
5521 cmpltr = -1;
5522 }
5523 **s = c;
5524 }
5525
5526 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5527 if (nullify)
5528 *s = save_s;
5529
5530 return cmpltr;
5531 }
5532
5533 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5534 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
5535
5536 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5537 returned as 8-15. */
5538
5539 static int
5540 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5541 char **s;
5542 {
5543 int cmpltr;
5544 char *name = *s + 1;
5545 char c;
5546
5547 cmpltr = -1;
5548 if (**s == ',')
5549 {
5550 *s += 1;
5551 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5552 *s += 1;
5553 c = **s;
5554 **s = 0x00;
5555
5556 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 0;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 1;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 2;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 3;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 4;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 5;
5579 }
5580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = 6;
5583 }
5584 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5585 {
5586 cmpltr = 7;
5587 }
5588 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5589 {
5590 cmpltr = 8;
5591 }
5592 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5593 {
5594 cmpltr = 9;
5595 }
5596 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5597 {
5598 cmpltr = 10;
5599 }
5600 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5601 {
5602 cmpltr = 11;
5603 }
5604 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5605 {
5606 cmpltr = 12;
5607 }
5608 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5609 {
5610 cmpltr = 13;
5611 }
5612 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5613 {
5614 cmpltr = 14;
5615 }
5616 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5617 {
5618 cmpltr = 15;
5619 }
5620 else
5621 {
5622 cmpltr = -1;
5623 }
5624 **s = c;
5625 }
5626
5627 return cmpltr;
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5631 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5632
5633 static int
5634 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5635 char **s;
5636 {
5637 int cmpltr;
5638 char *name = *s + 1;
5639 char c;
5640
5641 cmpltr = -1;
5642 if (**s == ',')
5643 {
5644 *s += 1;
5645 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5646 *s += 1;
5647 c = **s;
5648 **s = 0x00;
5649
5650 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = 0;
5653 }
5654 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5655 {
5656 cmpltr = 1;
5657 }
5658 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5659 {
5660 cmpltr = 2;
5661 }
5662 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5663 {
5664 cmpltr = 3;
5665 }
5666 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5667 {
5668 cmpltr = 4;
5669 }
5670 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5671 {
5672 cmpltr = 5;
5673 }
5674 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5675 {
5676 cmpltr = 6;
5677 }
5678 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5679 {
5680 cmpltr = 7;
5681 }
5682 else
5683 {
5684 cmpltr = -1;
5685 }
5686 **s = c;
5687 }
5688
5689 return cmpltr;
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5693 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5694
5695 static int
5696 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5697 char **s;
5698 {
5699 int cmpltr;
5700 char *name = *s + 1;
5701 char c;
5702 char *save_s = *s;
5703 int nullify = 0;
5704
5705 cmpltr = 0;
5706 if (**s == ',')
5707 {
5708 *s += 1;
5709 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5710 *s += 1;
5711 c = **s;
5712 **s = 0x00;
5713 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5714 {
5715 cmpltr = 1;
5716 }
5717 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5718 {
5719 cmpltr = 2;
5720 }
5721 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5722 {
5723 cmpltr = 3;
5724 }
5725 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5726 {
5727 cmpltr = 4;
5728 }
5729 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5730 {
5731 cmpltr = 5;
5732 }
5733 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5734 {
5735 cmpltr = 6;
5736 }
5737 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5738 {
5739 cmpltr = 7;
5740 }
5741 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5742 completer. */
5743 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5744 {
5745 cmpltr = 0;
5746 nullify = 1;
5747 }
5748 else
5749 {
5750 cmpltr = -1;
5751 }
5752 **s = c;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5756 if (nullify)
5757 *s = save_s;
5758
5759 return cmpltr;
5760 }
5761
5762 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5763 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5764
5765 static int
5766 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5767 char **s;
5768 {
5769 int cmpltr;
5770 char *name = *s + 1;
5771 char c;
5772 char *save_s = *s;
5773 int nullify = 0;
5774
5775 cmpltr = 0;
5776 if (**s == ',')
5777 {
5778 *s += 1;
5779 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5780 *s += 1;
5781 c = **s;
5782 **s = 0x00;
5783 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 0;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 1;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 2;
5794 }
5795 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5796 {
5797 cmpltr = 3;
5798 }
5799 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5800 {
5801 cmpltr = 4;
5802 }
5803 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5804 {
5805 cmpltr = 5;
5806 }
5807 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5808 {
5809 cmpltr = 6;
5810 }
5811 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5812 {
5813 cmpltr = 7;
5814 }
5815 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5816 completer. */
5817 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5818 {
5819 cmpltr = 0;
5820 nullify = 1;
5821 }
5822 else
5823 {
5824 cmpltr = -1;
5825 }
5826 **s = c;
5827 }
5828
5829 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5830 if (nullify)
5831 *s = save_s;
5832
5833 return cmpltr;
5834 }
5835
5836 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5837 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
5838
5839 static int
5840 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5841 char **s;
5842 {
5843 int cmpltr;
5844 char *name = *s + 1;
5845 char c;
5846 char *save_s = *s;
5847 int nullify = 0;
5848
5849 cmpltr = 0;
5850 if (**s == ',')
5851 {
5852 *s += 1;
5853 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5854 *s += 1;
5855 c = **s;
5856 **s = 0x00;
5857 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5858 {
5859 cmpltr = 1;
5860 }
5861 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5862 {
5863 cmpltr = 2;
5864 }
5865 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5866 {
5867 cmpltr = 3;
5868 }
5869 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5870 {
5871 cmpltr = 4;
5872 }
5873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5874 {
5875 cmpltr = 5;
5876 }
5877 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5878 {
5879 cmpltr = 6;
5880 }
5881 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5882 {
5883 cmpltr = 7;
5884 }
5885 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5886 {
5887 cmpltr = 8;
5888 }
5889 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5890 {
5891 cmpltr = 9;
5892 }
5893 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5894 {
5895 cmpltr = 10;
5896 }
5897 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5898 {
5899 cmpltr = 11;
5900 }
5901 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5902 {
5903 cmpltr = 12;
5904 }
5905 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5906 {
5907 cmpltr = 13;
5908 }
5909 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5910 {
5911 cmpltr = 14;
5912 }
5913 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5914 {
5915 cmpltr = 15;
5916 }
5917 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5918 completer. */
5919 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5920 {
5921 cmpltr = 0;
5922 nullify = 1;
5923 }
5924 else
5925 {
5926 cmpltr = -1;
5927 }
5928 **s = c;
5929 }
5930
5931 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5932 if (nullify)
5933 *s = save_s;
5934
5935 return cmpltr;
5936 }
5937
5938 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5939 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5940 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5941 static void
5942 pa_align (bytes)
5943 int bytes;
5944 {
5945 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5946 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5947
5948 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5949 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5950
5951 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5952 alignment if necessary. */
5953 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5954 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5955 }
5956 #endif
5957
5958 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5959
5960 static void
5961 pa_block (z)
5962 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5963 {
5964 unsigned int temp_size;
5965
5966 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5967 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5968 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5969 #endif
5970
5971 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5972
5973 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5974 {
5975 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5976 temp_size = 0;
5977 }
5978 else
5979 {
5980 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5981 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5982 *p = 0;
5983 }
5984
5985 pa_undefine_label ();
5986 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5987 }
5988
5989 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5990
5991 static void
5992 pa_brtab (begin)
5993 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5994 {
5995
5996 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5997 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5998 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5999 char *where = frag_more (0);
6000
6001 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6002 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6003 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
6004 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6005 #endif
6006
6007 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6008 }
6009
6010 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
6011
6012 static void
6013 pa_try (begin)
6014 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6015 {
6016 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6017 expressionS exp;
6018 char *where = frag_more (0);
6019
6020 if (! begin)
6021 expression (&exp);
6022
6023 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
6024 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6025
6026 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6027 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6028 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6029 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6030 #endif
6031
6032 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6033 }
6034
6035 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6036 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6037 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6038
6039 static void
6040 pa_call (unused)
6041 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6042 {
6043 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6044 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6045 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6046 #endif
6047
6048 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6049 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6050 }
6051
6052 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6053 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6054
6055 static void
6056 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6057 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6058 {
6059 char *name, c, *p;
6060 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6061
6062 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6063 {
6064 name = input_line_pointer;
6065 c = get_symbol_end ();
6066 /* Process a source argument. */
6067 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6068 {
6069 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6070 p = input_line_pointer;
6071 *p = c;
6072 input_line_pointer++;
6073 name = input_line_pointer;
6074 c = get_symbol_end ();
6075 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6076 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6077 }
6078 /* Process a return value. */
6079 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6080 {
6081 p = input_line_pointer;
6082 *p = c;
6083 input_line_pointer++;
6084 name = input_line_pointer;
6085 c = get_symbol_end ();
6086 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6087 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6088 }
6089 else
6090 {
6091 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6092 }
6093 p = input_line_pointer;
6094 *p = c;
6095 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6096 input_line_pointer++;
6097 }
6098 }
6099
6100 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6101
6102 static int
6103 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6104 fragS *frag1;
6105 fragS *frag2;
6106 {
6107
6108 if (frag1 == NULL)
6109 return (FALSE);
6110 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6111 return (FALSE);
6112 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6113 return (TRUE);
6114 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6115 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6116 else
6117 return (FALSE);
6118 }
6119
6120 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6121 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6122 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6123 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6124 of the unwind spaces. */
6125
6126 static void
6127 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6128 struct call_info *call_info;
6129 {
6130 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6131 subsegT save_subseg;
6132 unsigned int unwind;
6133 int reloc;
6134 char *p;
6135
6136 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6137 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6138 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6139 return;
6140
6141 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6142 save_seg = now_seg;
6143 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6144 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6145 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6146 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6147 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6148 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6149 {
6150 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6151 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6152 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6153 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6154 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6155 }
6156
6157 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6158
6159 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6160 descriptor. */
6161 p = frag_more (16);
6162
6163 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6164 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6165 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6166 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6167 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6168 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6169
6170 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6171
6172 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6173 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6174 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6175 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6176 finished with its work. */
6177 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6178 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6179 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6180 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6181 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6182
6183 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6184 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6185 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6186
6187 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6188 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6189
6190 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6191 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6192 }
6193 #endif
6194
6195 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6196 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6197 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6198
6199 static void
6200 pa_callinfo (unused)
6201 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6202 {
6203 char *name, c, *p;
6204 int temp;
6205
6206 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6207 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6208 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6209 #endif
6210
6211 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6212 if (!within_procedure)
6213 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6214
6215 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6216 current procedure. */
6217 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6218
6219 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6220 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6221 {
6222 name = input_line_pointer;
6223 c = get_symbol_end ();
6224 /* Frame size specification. */
6225 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6226 {
6227 p = input_line_pointer;
6228 *p = c;
6229 input_line_pointer++;
6230 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6231 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6232 {
6233 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6234 temp = 0;
6235 }
6236
6237 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6238 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6239
6240 }
6241 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6242 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6243 {
6244 p = input_line_pointer;
6245 *p = c;
6246 input_line_pointer++;
6247 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6248 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6249 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6250 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6251 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6252 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6253 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6254 }
6255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6256 {
6257 p = input_line_pointer;
6258 *p = c;
6259 input_line_pointer++;
6260 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6261 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6262 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6263 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6264 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6265 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6266 }
6267 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6268 {
6269 p = input_line_pointer;
6270 *p = c;
6271 input_line_pointer++;
6272 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6273 if (temp != 3)
6274 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6275 }
6276 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6277 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6278 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6279 {
6280 p = input_line_pointer;
6281 *p = c;
6282 }
6283 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6284 {
6285 p = input_line_pointer;
6286 *p = c;
6287 }
6288 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6289 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6290 {
6291 p = input_line_pointer;
6292 *p = c;
6293 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6294 }
6295 /* Likewise for SP. */
6296 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6297 {
6298 p = input_line_pointer;
6299 *p = c;
6300 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6301 }
6302 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6303 in the unwind descriptor. */
6304 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6305 {
6306 p = input_line_pointer;
6307 *p = c;
6308 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6309 }
6310 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6311 unwind descriptor. */
6312 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6313 {
6314 p = input_line_pointer;
6315 *p = c;
6316 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6317 }
6318 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6319 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6320 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6321 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6322 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6323 {
6324 p = input_line_pointer;
6325 *p = c;
6326 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6327 }
6328 else
6329 {
6330 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6331 *input_line_pointer = c;
6332 }
6333 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6334 input_line_pointer++;
6335 }
6336
6337 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6338 }
6339
6340 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6341 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6342 label when finished. */
6343 static void
6344 pa_text (unused)
6345 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6346 {
6347 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6348 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6349 current_subspace
6350 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6351 #endif
6352
6353 s_text (0);
6354 pa_undefine_label ();
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6358 static void
6359 pa_data (unused)
6360 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6361 {
6362 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6363 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6364 current_subspace
6365 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6366 #endif
6367 s_data (0);
6368 pa_undefine_label ();
6369 }
6370
6371 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6372 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6373
6374 <label> .comm <length>
6375
6376 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6377 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6378 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6379 and subspace.
6380
6381 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6382
6383 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6384 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6385 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6386 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6387 a pain.
6388
6389 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6390
6391 static void
6392 pa_comm (unused)
6393 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6394 {
6395 unsigned int size;
6396 symbolS *symbol;
6397 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6398
6399 if (label_symbol)
6400 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6401 else
6402 symbol = NULL;
6403
6404 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6405 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6406
6407 if (symbol)
6408 {
6409 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6410 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6411 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6412 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6413
6414 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6415 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6416 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6417 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6418 }
6419 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6420 }
6421 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6422
6423 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6424
6425 static void
6426 pa_end (unused)
6427 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6428 {
6429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6430 }
6431
6432 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6433 static void
6434 pa_enter (unused)
6435 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6436 {
6437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6438 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6439 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6440 #endif
6441
6442 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6443 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6444 }
6445
6446 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6447 procedure. */
6448 static void
6449 pa_entry (unused)
6450 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6451 {
6452 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6453 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6454 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6455 #endif
6456
6457 if (!within_procedure)
6458 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6459 else
6460 {
6461 if (!callinfo_found)
6462 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6463 }
6464 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6465 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6466
6467 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6468 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6469 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6470 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6471 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6472
6473 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6474 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6475 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6476 denote the entry and exit points. */
6477 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6478 {
6479 char *where;
6480 unsigned int u;
6481
6482 where = frag_more (0);
6483 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6484 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6485 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6486 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6487 }
6488 #endif
6489 }
6490
6491 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6492 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6493 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6494 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6495
6496 int
6497 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6498 expressionS *resultP;
6499 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6500 expressionS *rightP;
6501 {
6502 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6503 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6504 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6505 {
6506 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6507 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6508 }
6509 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6510 }
6511
6512 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6513
6514 static void
6515 pa_equ (reg)
6516 int reg;
6517 {
6518 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6519 symbolS *symbol;
6520
6521 if (label_symbol)
6522 {
6523 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6524 if (reg)
6525 {
6526 strict = 1;
6527 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6528 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6529 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6530 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6531 }
6532 else
6533 {
6534 expressionS exp;
6535 segT seg;
6536
6537 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6538 seg = expression (&exp);
6539 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6540 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6541 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6542 {
6543 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6544 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6545 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6546 seg = absolute_section;
6547 }
6548 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6549 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6550 }
6551 }
6552 else
6553 {
6554 if (reg)
6555 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6556 else
6557 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6558 }
6559
6560 pa_undefine_label ();
6561 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6562 }
6563
6564 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6565 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6566 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6567
6568 static void
6569 process_exit ()
6570 {
6571 char *where;
6572
6573 where = frag_more (0);
6574
6575 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6576 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6577 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6578 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6579 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6580 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6581 #else
6582 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6583 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6584 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6585 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6586
6587 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6588 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6589 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6590 denote the entry and exit points. */
6591 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6592 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6593 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6594 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6595 #endif
6596 }
6597
6598 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6599
6600 static void
6601 pa_exit (unused)
6602 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6603 {
6604 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6605 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6606 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6607 #endif
6608
6609 if (!within_procedure)
6610 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6611 else
6612 {
6613 if (!callinfo_found)
6614 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6615 else
6616 {
6617 if (!within_entry_exit)
6618 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6619 else
6620 {
6621 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6622 process_exit ();
6623 }
6624 }
6625 }
6626 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6627 }
6628
6629 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6630 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6631 to callers. */
6632
6633 static void
6634 pa_export (unused)
6635 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6636 {
6637 char *name, c, *p;
6638 symbolS *symbol;
6639
6640 name = input_line_pointer;
6641 c = get_symbol_end ();
6642 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6643 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6644 {
6645 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6646 p = input_line_pointer;
6647 *p = c;
6648 input_line_pointer++;
6649 }
6650 else
6651 {
6652 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6653 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6654 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6655 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6656 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6657 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6658 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6659 p = input_line_pointer;
6660 *p = c;
6661 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6662 {
6663 input_line_pointer++;
6664 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6665 }
6666 }
6667
6668 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6669 }
6670
6671 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6672
6673 static void
6674 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6675 symbolS *symbolP;
6676 int is_export;
6677 {
6678 char *name, c, *p;
6679 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6680 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6681 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6682
6683 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6684
6685 {
6686 input_line_pointer += 8;
6687 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6688 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6689 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6690 }
6691 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6692 {
6693 input_line_pointer += 4;
6694 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6695 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6696
6697 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6698 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6699 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6700 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6701 {
6702 if (is_export)
6703 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6704 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6705
6706 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6707 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6708 }
6709 else
6710 {
6711 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6712 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6713 }
6714 }
6715 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6716 {
6717 input_line_pointer += 4;
6718 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6719 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6720 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6721 }
6722 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer += 5;
6725 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6726 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6727 }
6728 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6729 {
6730 input_line_pointer += 9;
6731 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6732 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6733 {
6734 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6735 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6736 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6737 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6738 }
6739 #endif
6740 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6741 }
6742 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6743 {
6744 input_line_pointer += 6;
6745 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6746 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6747 }
6748 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6749 {
6750 input_line_pointer += 8;
6751 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6752 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6753 }
6754 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6755 {
6756 input_line_pointer += 8;
6757 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6758 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6759 }
6760
6761 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6762 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6763 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6764 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6765 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6766 #endif
6767
6768 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6769 handle any argument relocation information. */
6770 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6771 {
6772 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6773 input_line_pointer++;
6774 name = input_line_pointer;
6775 c = get_symbol_end ();
6776 /* Argument sources. */
6777 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6778 {
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6783 name = input_line_pointer;
6784 c = get_symbol_end ();
6785 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6786 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6787 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6788 #endif
6789 *input_line_pointer = c;
6790 }
6791 /* The return value. */
6792 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6793 {
6794 p = input_line_pointer;
6795 *p = c;
6796 input_line_pointer++;
6797 name = input_line_pointer;
6798 c = get_symbol_end ();
6799 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6800 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6801 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6802 #endif
6803 *input_line_pointer = c;
6804 }
6805 /* Privilege level. */
6806 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6807 {
6808 p = input_line_pointer;
6809 *p = c;
6810 input_line_pointer++;
6811 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6813 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6814 #endif
6815 c = get_symbol_end ();
6816 *input_line_pointer = c;
6817 }
6818 else
6819 {
6820 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6821 p = input_line_pointer;
6822 *p = c;
6823 }
6824 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6825 input_line_pointer++;
6826 }
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6830 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6831 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6832
6833 static void
6834 pa_import (unused)
6835 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6836 {
6837 char *name, c, *p;
6838 symbolS *symbol;
6839
6840 name = input_line_pointer;
6841 c = get_symbol_end ();
6842
6843 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6844 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6845 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6846 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6847 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6848 {
6849 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6850 p = input_line_pointer;
6851 *p = c;
6852
6853 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6854 {
6855 input_line_pointer++;
6856 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6857 }
6858 else
6859 {
6860 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6861 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6862 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6863 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6864 if (now_seg == text_section)
6865 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6866
6867 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6868 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6869 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6870 }
6871 }
6872 else
6873 {
6874 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6875 the end of the current statement. */
6876 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6877 input_line_pointer++;
6878 }
6879
6880 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6881 }
6882
6883 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6884
6885 static void
6886 pa_label (unused)
6887 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6888 {
6889 char *name, c, *p;
6890
6891 name = input_line_pointer;
6892 c = get_symbol_end ();
6893
6894 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6895 {
6896 colon (name);
6897 p = input_line_pointer;
6898 *p = c;
6899 }
6900 else
6901 {
6902 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6903 }
6904
6905 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6906 {
6907 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6908 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6909 }
6910 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6914
6915 static void
6916 pa_leave (unused)
6917 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6918 {
6919 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6920 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6921 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6922 #endif
6923
6924 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6925 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6926 }
6927
6928 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6929
6930 static void
6931 pa_level (unused)
6932 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6933 {
6934 char *level;
6935
6936 level = input_line_pointer;
6937 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6938 {
6939 input_line_pointer += 3;
6940 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6941 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6942 }
6943 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6944 {
6945 input_line_pointer += 3;
6946 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6947 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6948 }
6949 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6950 {
6951 input_line_pointer += 4;
6952 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6953 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6954 }
6955 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6956 {
6957 input_line_pointer += 3;
6958 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6959 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6960 }
6961 else
6962 {
6963 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6964 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6965 }
6966 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6967 }
6968
6969 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6970
6971 static void
6972 pa_origin (unused)
6973 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6974 {
6975 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6976 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6977 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6978 #endif
6979
6980 s_org (0);
6981 pa_undefine_label ();
6982 }
6983
6984 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6985 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6986
6987 static void
6988 pa_param (unused)
6989 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6990 {
6991 char *name, c, *p;
6992 symbolS *symbol;
6993
6994 name = input_line_pointer;
6995 c = get_symbol_end ();
6996
6997 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6998 {
6999 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
7000 p = input_line_pointer;
7001 *p = c;
7002 input_line_pointer++;
7003 }
7004 else
7005 {
7006 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
7007 p = input_line_pointer;
7008 *p = c;
7009 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7010 {
7011 input_line_pointer++;
7012 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
7013 }
7014 }
7015
7016 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7017 }
7018
7019 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7020 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7021
7022 static void
7023 pa_proc (unused)
7024 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7025 {
7026 struct call_info *call_info;
7027
7028 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7029 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7030 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7031 #endif
7032
7033 if (within_procedure)
7034 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7035
7036 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7037 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7038 within_procedure = TRUE;
7039
7040 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7041 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7042
7043 if (!call_info)
7044 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7045
7046 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7047
7048 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7049
7050 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7051 {
7052 call_info_root = call_info;
7053 last_call_info = call_info;
7054 }
7055 else
7056 {
7057 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7058 last_call_info = call_info;
7059 }
7060
7061 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7062
7063 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7064 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7065 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7066
7067 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7068 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7069 {
7070 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7071
7072 if (label_symbol)
7073 {
7074 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7075 {
7076 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7077 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7078 }
7079 else
7080 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7081 }
7082 else
7083 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7084 }
7085
7086 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7087 }
7088
7089 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7090 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7091
7092 static void
7093 pa_procend (unused)
7094 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7095 {
7096
7097 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7098 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7099 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7100 #endif
7101
7102 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7103 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7104 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7105
7106 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7107 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7108 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7109 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7110 {
7111 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7112
7113 if (label_symbol)
7114 {
7115 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7116 {
7117 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7118 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7119 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7120 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7121 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7122 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7123 if (within_entry_exit)
7124 {
7125 char *where;
7126 unsigned int u;
7127
7128 where = frag_more (0);
7129 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7130 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7131 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7132 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7133 }
7134 #endif
7135 }
7136 else
7137 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7138 }
7139 else
7140 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7141 }
7142
7143 if (!within_procedure)
7144 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7145
7146 if (!callinfo_found)
7147 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7148
7149 if (within_entry_exit)
7150 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7151
7152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7153 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7154 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7155 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7156 #endif
7157
7158 within_procedure = FALSE;
7159 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7160 pa_undefine_label ();
7161 }
7162
7163 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7164 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7165 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7166
7167 static int
7168 exact_log2 (value)
7169 int value;
7170 {
7171 int shift = 0;
7172
7173 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7174 shift++;
7175
7176 if (shift >= 32)
7177 return -1;
7178 else
7179 return shift;
7180 }
7181
7182 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7183
7184 static void
7185 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7186 {
7187 if (current_space == NULL)
7188 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7189
7190 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7191 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7192 }
7193
7194 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7195 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7196 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7197
7198 static sd_chain_struct *
7199 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7200 char *space_name;
7201 int create_flag;
7202 {
7203 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7204 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7205 int spnum;
7206 asection *seg = NULL;
7207 sd_chain_struct *space;
7208
7209 /* load default values */
7210 spnum = 0;
7211 sort = 0;
7212 loadable = TRUE;
7213 defined = TRUE;
7214 private = FALSE;
7215 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7216 {
7217 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7218 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7219 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7220 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7221 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7222 }
7223 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7224 {
7225 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7226 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7227 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7228 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7229 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7230 }
7231
7232 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7233 {
7234 print_errors = FALSE;
7235 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7236 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7237 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7238 the line should be ignored. */
7239 strict = 0;
7240 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7241 if (pa_number >= 0)
7242 {
7243 spnum = pa_number;
7244 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7245 }
7246 else
7247 {
7248 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7249 {
7250 input_line_pointer++;
7251 name = input_line_pointer;
7252 c = get_symbol_end ();
7253 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7254 {
7255 *input_line_pointer = c;
7256 input_line_pointer++;
7257 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7258 }
7259 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7260 {
7261 *input_line_pointer = c;
7262 input_line_pointer++;
7263 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7264 }
7265 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7266 {
7267 *input_line_pointer = c;
7268 loadable = FALSE;
7269 }
7270 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7271 {
7272 *input_line_pointer = c;
7273 defined = FALSE;
7274 }
7275 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7276 {
7277 *input_line_pointer = c;
7278 private = TRUE;
7279 }
7280 else
7281 {
7282 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7283 *input_line_pointer = c;
7284 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7285 input_line_pointer++;
7286 }
7287 }
7288 }
7289 print_errors = TRUE;
7290 }
7291
7292 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7293 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7294
7295 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7296 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7297 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7298 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7299 if (create_flag)
7300 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7301 private, sort, seg, 1);
7302 else
7303 {
7304 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7305 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7306 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7307 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7308 }
7309
7310 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7311 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7312 #endif
7313
7314 return space;
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7318 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7319
7320 static void
7321 pa_space (unused)
7322 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7323 {
7324 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7325 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7326
7327 if (within_procedure)
7328 {
7329 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7330 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7331 }
7332 else
7333 {
7334 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7335 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7336 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7337 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7338 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7339 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7340 {
7341 input_line_pointer += 6;
7342 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7343 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7344 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7345 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7346 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7347
7348 current_space = sd_chain;
7349 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7350 current_subspace
7351 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7352 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7353 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7354 return;
7355 }
7356 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7357 {
7358 input_line_pointer += 9;
7359 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7360 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7361 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7362 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7363 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7364
7365 current_space = sd_chain;
7366 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7367 current_subspace
7368 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7369 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7370 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7371 return;
7372 }
7373 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7374 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7375 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7376 {
7377 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7378 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7379 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7380 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7381 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7382 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7383
7384 current_space = sd_chain;
7385
7386 {
7387 asection *gdb_section
7388 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7389
7390 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7391 current_subspace
7392 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7393 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7394 }
7395 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7396 return;
7397 }
7398
7399 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7400 print_errors = 0;
7401 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7402 strict = 0;
7403 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7404 if (pa_number >= 0)
7405 {
7406 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7407 {
7408 current_space = sd_chain;
7409
7410 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7411 current_subspace
7412 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7413 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7415 return;
7416 }
7417 }
7418
7419 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7420 print_errors = 1;
7421 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7422 name = input_line_pointer;
7423 c = get_symbol_end ();
7424 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7425 strcpy (space_name, name);
7426 *input_line_pointer = c;
7427
7428 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7429 current_space = sd_chain;
7430
7431 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7432 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7433 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7434 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7435 }
7436 }
7437
7438 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7439
7440 static void
7441 pa_spnum (unused)
7442 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7443 {
7444 char *name;
7445 char c;
7446 char *p;
7447 sd_chain_struct *space;
7448
7449 name = input_line_pointer;
7450 c = get_symbol_end ();
7451 space = is_defined_space (name);
7452 if (space)
7453 {
7454 p = frag_more (4);
7455 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7456 }
7457 else
7458 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7459
7460 *input_line_pointer = c;
7461 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7462 }
7463
7464 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7465 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7466
7467 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7468 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7469
7470 static void
7471 pa_subspace (create_new)
7472 int create_new;
7473 {
7474 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7475 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7476 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7477 sd_chain_struct *space;
7478 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7479 asection *section;
7480
7481 if (current_space == NULL)
7482 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7483
7484 if (within_procedure)
7485 {
7486 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7487 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7488 }
7489 else
7490 {
7491 name = input_line_pointer;
7492 c = get_symbol_end ();
7493 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7494 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7495 *input_line_pointer = c;
7496
7497 /* Load default values. */
7498 sort = 0;
7499 access = 0x7f;
7500 loadable = 1;
7501 comdat = 0;
7502 common = 0;
7503 dup_common = 0;
7504 code_only = 0;
7505 zero = 0;
7506 space_index = ~0;
7507 alignment = 1;
7508 quadrant = 0;
7509
7510 space = current_space;
7511 if (create_new)
7512 ssd = NULL;
7513 else
7514 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7515 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7516 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7517 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7518 {
7519 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7520 current_subspace = ssd;
7521 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7522 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7523 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7524 return;
7525 }
7526 else
7527 {
7528 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7529 the builtin subspaces. */
7530 i = 0;
7531 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7532 {
7533 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7534 {
7535 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7536 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7537 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7538 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7539 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7540 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7541 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7542 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7543 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7544 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7545 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7546 break;
7547 }
7548 i++;
7549 }
7550 }
7551
7552 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7553 any information as specified by the user. */
7554 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7555 {
7556 input_line_pointer++;
7557 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7558 {
7559 name = input_line_pointer;
7560 c = get_symbol_end ();
7561 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7562 {
7563 *input_line_pointer = c;
7564 input_line_pointer++;
7565 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7566 }
7567 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7568 {
7569 *input_line_pointer = c;
7570 input_line_pointer++;
7571 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7572 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7573 {
7574 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7575 alignment = 1;
7576 }
7577 }
7578 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7579 {
7580 *input_line_pointer = c;
7581 input_line_pointer++;
7582 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7583 }
7584 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7585 {
7586 *input_line_pointer = c;
7587 input_line_pointer++;
7588 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7589 }
7590 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7591 {
7592 *input_line_pointer = c;
7593 code_only = 1;
7594 }
7595 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7596 {
7597 *input_line_pointer = c;
7598 loadable = 0;
7599 }
7600 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7601 {
7602 *input_line_pointer = c;
7603 comdat = 1;
7604 }
7605 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7606 {
7607 *input_line_pointer = c;
7608 common = 1;
7609 }
7610 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7611 {
7612 *input_line_pointer = c;
7613 dup_common = 1;
7614 }
7615 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7616 {
7617 *input_line_pointer = c;
7618 zero = 1;
7619 }
7620 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7621 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7622 else
7623 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7624 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7625 input_line_pointer++;
7626 }
7627 }
7628
7629 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7630 in the .subspace directive. */
7631 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7632 flags = 0;
7633 if (loadable)
7634 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7635 if (code_only)
7636 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7637
7638 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7639 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7640 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7641 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7642 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7643 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7644 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7645 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7646 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7647 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7648
7649 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7650
7651 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7652 if (zero)
7653 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7654
7655 applicable &= flags;
7656
7657 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7658 segment already associated with the subspace.
7659
7660 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7661 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7662 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7663 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7664 if (create_new)
7665 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7666 else if (ssd)
7667 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7668 else
7669 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7670
7671 if (zero)
7672 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7673
7674 /* Now set the flags. */
7675 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7676
7677 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7678 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7679
7680 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7681 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7682 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7683
7684 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7685 or create a new one. */
7686 if (ssd)
7687
7688 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7689 code_only, comdat, common,
7690 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7691 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7692 section);
7693 else
7694 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7695 code_only, comdat, common,
7696 dup_common, zero, sort,
7697 access, space_index,
7698 alignment, quadrant, section);
7699
7700 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7701 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7702 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7703 }
7704 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7705 }
7706
7707 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7708
7709 static void
7710 pa_spaces_begin ()
7711 {
7712 int i;
7713
7714 space_dict_root = NULL;
7715 space_dict_last = NULL;
7716
7717 i = 0;
7718 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7719 {
7720 char *name;
7721
7722 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7723 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7724
7725 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7726 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7727 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7728 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7729 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7730 i++;
7731 }
7732
7733 i = 0;
7734 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7735 {
7736 char *name;
7737 int applicable, subsegment;
7738 asection *segment = NULL;
7739 sd_chain_struct *space;
7740
7741 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7742 subsegment number. */
7743 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7744 subsegment = 0;
7745
7746 /* Create the new section. */
7747 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7748
7749 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7750 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7751 all the built-in subspaces. */
7752 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7753 {
7754 text_section = segment;
7755 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7756 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7757 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7758 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7759 | SEC_READONLY
7760 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7761 }
7762 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7763 {
7764 data_section = segment;
7765 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7766 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7767 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7768 | SEC_RELOC
7769 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7770
7771 }
7772 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7773 {
7774 bss_section = segment;
7775 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7776 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7777 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7778 }
7779 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7780 {
7781 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7782 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7783 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7784 | SEC_RELOC
7785 | SEC_READONLY
7786 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7787 }
7788 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7789 {
7790 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7791 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7792 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7793 | SEC_RELOC
7794 | SEC_READONLY
7795 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7796 }
7797 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7798 {
7799 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7800 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7801 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7802 | SEC_RELOC
7803 | SEC_READONLY
7804 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7805 }
7806
7807 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7808 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7809 def_space_index].segment);
7810 if (space == NULL)
7811 {
7812 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7813 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7814 }
7815
7816 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7817 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7818 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7819 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7820 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7821 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7822 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7823 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7824 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7825 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7826 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7827 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7828 segment);
7829 i++;
7830 }
7831 }
7832
7833 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7834 by the given parameters. */
7835
7836 static sd_chain_struct *
7837 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7838 sort, seg, user_defined)
7839 char *name;
7840 int spnum;
7841 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7842 int defined;
7843 int private;
7844 int sort;
7845 asection *seg;
7846 int user_defined;
7847 {
7848 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7849
7850 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7851 if (!chain_entry)
7852 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7853 name);
7854
7855 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7856 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7857 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7858 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7859 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7860
7861 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7862 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7863 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7864 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7865
7866 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7867 if (!space_dict_last)
7868 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7869
7870 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7871 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7872 else
7873 {
7874 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7875 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7876
7877 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7878 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7879
7880 while (chain_pointer)
7881 {
7882 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7883 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7884 }
7885
7886 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7887 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7888 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7889 {
7890 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7891 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7892 }
7893 else
7894 {
7895 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7896 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7897 }
7898
7899 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7900 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7901 }
7902
7903 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7904 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7905 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7906 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7907 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7908 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7909 #endif
7910
7911 return chain_entry;
7912 }
7913
7914 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7915 by the given parameters.
7916
7917 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7918 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7919
7920 static ssd_chain_struct *
7921 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common,
7922 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7923 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7924 sd_chain_struct *space;
7925 char *name;
7926 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7927 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7928 int comdat, common, dup_common;
7929 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7930 int sort;
7931 int access;
7932 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7933 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7934 int quadrant;
7935 asection *seg;
7936 {
7937 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7938
7939 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7940 if (!chain_entry)
7941 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7942
7943 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7944 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7945
7946 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7947 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7948 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7949
7950 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7951 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7952 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7953
7954 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7955 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7956 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7957 else
7958 {
7959 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7960 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7961
7962 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7963 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7964
7965 while (chain_pointer)
7966 {
7967 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7968 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7969 }
7970
7971 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7972 the links. */
7973 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7974 {
7975 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7976 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7977 }
7978 else
7979 {
7980 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7981 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7982 }
7983 }
7984
7985 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7986 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7987 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7988 #endif
7989
7990 return chain_entry;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7994 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7995
7996 static ssd_chain_struct *
7997 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common,
7998 sort, zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7999 sd_chain_struct *space;
8000 char *name;
8001 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8002 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8003 int comdat;
8004 int common;
8005 int dup_common;
8006 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8007 int sort;
8008 int access;
8009 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8010 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8011 int quadrant;
8012 asection *section;
8013 {
8014 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
8015
8016 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
8017
8018 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
8019 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
8020 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
8021 #endif
8022
8023 return chain_entry;
8024 }
8025
8026 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
8027 NULL if no such space exists. */
8028
8029 static sd_chain_struct *
8030 is_defined_space (name)
8031 char *name;
8032 {
8033 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
8034
8035 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8036 chain_pointer;
8037 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8038 {
8039 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8040 return chain_pointer;
8041 }
8042
8043 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8044 return NULL;
8045 }
8046
8047 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8048 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8049
8050 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8051 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8052
8053 static sd_chain_struct *
8054 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8055 asection *seg;
8056 {
8057 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8058
8059 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8060 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8061 space_chain;
8062 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8063 {
8064 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8065 return space_chain;
8066 }
8067
8068 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8069 return NULL;
8070 }
8071
8072 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8073 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8074
8075 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8076 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8077 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8078 COMDAT data.
8079
8080 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8081 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8082 own subspace. */
8083
8084 static ssd_chain_struct *
8085 is_defined_subspace (name)
8086 char *name;
8087 {
8088 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8089 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8090
8091 /* Walk through each space. */
8092 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8093 space_chain;
8094 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8095 {
8096 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8097 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8098 subspace_chain;
8099 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8100 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8101 return subspace_chain;
8102 }
8103
8104 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8105 return NULL;
8106 }
8107
8108 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8109 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8110
8111 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8112 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8113 to become more efficient. */
8114
8115 static ssd_chain_struct *
8116 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8117 asection *seg;
8118 subsegT subseg;
8119 {
8120 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8121 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8122
8123 /* Walk through each space. */
8124 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8125 space_chain;
8126 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8127 {
8128 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8129 {
8130 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8131 the correct mapping. */
8132 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8133 subspace_chain;
8134 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8135 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8136 return subspace_chain;
8137 }
8138 }
8139
8140 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8141 return NULL;
8142 }
8143
8144 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8145
8146 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8147 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8148
8149 static sd_chain_struct *
8150 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8151 int number;
8152 {
8153 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8154
8155 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8156 space_chain;
8157 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8158 {
8159 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8160 return space_chain;
8161 }
8162
8163 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8164 return NULL;
8165 }
8166
8167 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8168 address is unknown then return zero. */
8169
8170 static unsigned int
8171 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8172 sd_chain_struct *space;
8173 int quadrant;
8174 {
8175 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8176 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8177 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8178 return 0x40000000;
8179 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8180 return 0x40000000;
8181 else
8182 return 0;
8183 return 0;
8184 }
8185 #endif
8186
8187 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8188 a string. */
8189
8190 static unsigned int
8191 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8192 char *s;
8193 {
8194 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8195
8196 switch (c)
8197 {
8198 case '\"':
8199 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8200 break;
8201 default:
8202 break;
8203 }
8204 return c;
8205 }
8206
8207 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8208
8209 static void
8210 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8211 int append_zero;
8212 {
8213 char *s, num_buf[4];
8214 unsigned int c;
8215 int i;
8216
8217 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8218 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8219 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8220
8221 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8222 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8223 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8224 #endif
8225
8226 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8227 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8228
8229 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8230 {
8231 if (c == '\\')
8232 {
8233 c = *s;
8234 switch (c)
8235 {
8236 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8237 case 'x':
8238 {
8239 unsigned int number;
8240 int num_digit;
8241 char dg;
8242 char *s_start = s;
8243
8244 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8245 s++;
8246 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8247 num_digit < 2
8248 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8249 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8250 num_digit++)
8251 {
8252 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8253 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8254 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8255 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8256 else
8257 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8258
8259 s++;
8260 dg = *s;
8261 }
8262 if (num_digit > 0)
8263 {
8264 switch (num_digit)
8265 {
8266 case 1:
8267 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8268 break;
8269 case 2:
8270 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8271 break;
8272 }
8273 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8274 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8275 }
8276 break;
8277 }
8278 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8279 default:
8280 s++;
8281 break;
8282 }
8283 }
8284 }
8285 stringer (append_zero);
8286 pa_undefine_label ();
8287 }
8288
8289 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8290
8291 static void
8292 pa_version (unused)
8293 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8294 {
8295 obj_version (0);
8296 pa_undefine_label ();
8297 }
8298
8299 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8300
8301 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8302
8303 static void
8304 pa_compiler (unused)
8305 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8306 {
8307 obj_som_compiler (0);
8308 pa_undefine_label ();
8309 }
8310
8311 #endif
8312
8313 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8314
8315 static void
8316 pa_copyright (unused)
8317 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8318 {
8319 obj_copyright (0);
8320 pa_undefine_label ();
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8324 the latest space label. */
8325
8326 static void
8327 pa_cons (nbytes)
8328 int nbytes;
8329 {
8330 cons (nbytes);
8331 pa_undefine_label ();
8332 }
8333
8334 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8335
8336 static void
8337 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8338 int float_type;
8339 {
8340 float_cons (float_type);
8341 pa_undefine_label ();
8342 }
8343
8344 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8345
8346 static void
8347 pa_fill (unused)
8348 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8349 {
8350 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8351 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8352 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8353 #endif
8354
8355 s_fill (0);
8356 pa_undefine_label ();
8357 }
8358
8359 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8360
8361 static void
8362 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8363 int needs_align;
8364 {
8365 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8366 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8367 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8368 #endif
8369
8370 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8371 pa_undefine_label ();
8372 }
8373
8374 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8375
8376 static void
8377 pa_lsym (unused)
8378 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8379 {
8380 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8381 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8382 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8383 #endif
8384
8385 s_lsym (0);
8386 pa_undefine_label ();
8387 }
8388
8389 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8390 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8391 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8392
8393 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8394 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8395 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8396 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8397 with the address of "foo").
8398
8399 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8400 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8401 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8402
8403 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8404 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8405 selectors).
8406
8407 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8408 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8409
8410 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8411 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8412 right bits out of an instruction. */
8413
8414 int
8415 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8416 fixS *fixp;
8417 {
8418 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8419 reloc_type code;
8420 #endif
8421 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8422
8423 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8424
8425 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8426 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs unless they
8427 are fake labels. */
8428 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA
8429 && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32
8430 && strncmp (S_GET_NAME (fixp->fx_addsy),
8431 FAKE_LABEL_NAME,
8432 strlen (FAKE_LABEL_NAME)))
8433 return 0;
8434 #endif
8435
8436 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8437 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8438 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8439 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8440 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8441 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8442 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8443
8444 switch (code)
8445 {
8446 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8447 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8449 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8450 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8451
8452 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8453 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8454 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8455 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8456 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8457 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8458 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8459 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8460 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8461 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8462 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8463 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8464 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8465 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8466
8467 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8468 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8469 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8470 return 0;
8471 default:
8472 break;
8473 }
8474 #endif
8475
8476 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8477 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8478
8479 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8480 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8481 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8482 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8483 && fixp->fx_subsy
8484 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8485 return 0;
8486
8487 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8488
8489 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8490 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8491 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8492 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8493 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8494 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8495 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8496 sum to the right value.
8497
8498 eg. Suppose we have
8499 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8500 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8501 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8502
8503 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8504 reducing to the section symbol we get
8505 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8506 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8507 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8508 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8509 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8510
8511 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8512 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8513 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8514 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8515 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8516
8517 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8518 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8519 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8520 return 0;
8521
8522 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8523 relocations with plabels. */
8524 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8525 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8526 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8527 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8528 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8529 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8530 return 0;
8531
8532 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8533 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8534 return 0;
8535
8536 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8537 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8538 return 0;
8539
8540 return 1;
8541 }
8542
8543 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8544 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8545 within GAS. */
8546
8547 int
8548 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8549 struct fix *fixp;
8550 {
8551 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8552
8553 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8554 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8555 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8556 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8557 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8558 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8559 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8560 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8561 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8562 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8563 return 1;
8564 #endif
8565 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8566 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8567 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8568 return 1;
8569 #endif
8570
8571 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8572
8573 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8574 linking works. */
8575 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8576 return 1;
8577
8578 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8579 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8580 call stub. */
8581 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8582 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8583 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8584 return 1;
8585
8586 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8587 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8588 {
8589 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8590 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8591
8592 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8593
8594 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8595 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8596 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8597 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8598 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8599 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8600 #endif
8601
8602 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8603 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8604 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8605 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8606 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8607 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8608 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8609 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8610 )
8611 return 1;
8612 }
8613
8614 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8615 return 1;
8616
8617 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8618 return 0;
8619 }
8620
8621 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8622 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8623 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8624 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8625
8626 static void
8627 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8628 {
8629 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8630 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8631 char *name;
8632
8633 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8634 {
8635 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8636 or other problems. */
8637 return;
8638 }
8639
8640 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8641 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8642 + 1);
8643 if (name)
8644 {
8645 symbolS *symbolP;
8646
8647 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8648 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8649
8650 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8651 symbol will have already been defined. */
8652 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8653 if (symbolP)
8654 {
8655 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8656 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8657
8658 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8659 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8660 xfree (name);
8661 }
8662 else
8663 {
8664 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8665 last instruction of the function */
8666 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8667 frag_now);
8668
8669 assert (symbolP);
8670 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8671 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8672 }
8673
8674 if (symbolP)
8675 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8676 else
8677 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8678
8679 }
8680 else
8681 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8682
8683 }
8684
8685 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8686 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8687 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8688 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8689
8690 void
8691 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8692 {
8693 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8694
8695 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8696 call_info_pointer;
8697 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8698 {
8699 elf_symbol_type *esym
8700 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8701 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8702 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8703 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8704 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8705 }
8706 }
8707
8708 static void
8709 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8710 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8711 {
8712 struct fix *new_fix;
8713
8714 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8715
8716 if (new_fix)
8717 {
8718 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8719 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8720 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8721 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8722 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8723 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8724 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8725 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8726 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8727 }
8728 }
8729
8730 static void
8731 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8732 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8733 {
8734 struct fix *new_fix;
8735
8736 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8737
8738 if (new_fix)
8739 {
8740 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8741 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8742 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8743 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8744 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8745 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8746 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8747 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8748 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8749 }
8750 }
8751 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.325116 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.